Top Banner
TECHNICAL MANUAL ANCHORS & FASTENING SYSTEMS
156

TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

May 10, 2023

Download

Documents

Khang Minh
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

TECHNICAL MANUALANCHORS & FASTENING SYSTEMS

Page 2: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

• Fully featured and easy to use web-based interface

• Easy 5 step anchor design with 3D modelling of fastening

• Professional specification of DEWALT fastenings to ETA guidelines

• Customised anchor design facility

CALCULATIONS AND SPECIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION

KEEP PACE WITH CHANGING CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTS WITH DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST.

FOR MORE INFORMATION VISIT WWW.DEWALTDESIGNASSIST.COM

ONLINE ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE

Page 3: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

Table of conTenTs

TecH

Man

Ual

– ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

1www.DEWALT.com

GEN

ERAL

INFO

RM

ATI

ON

Disclaimer for Recommendations, Information and Use of DataThe recommendations, information and data contained in this manual are put together with the greatest care and accuracy possible. It is based on principles, equations and safety factors set out in the technical documentation of DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc. that are believed to be correct and current as of June 1, 2014. The information and data is subject to change after such date as DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc. reserves the right to change the designs, materials and specifications of the products in this manual without notice.

It is the responsibility of the design professional to ensure that a suitable product is selected, properly designed and used in the intended application. This includes that the selected product and its use is compliant with the applicable building codes and other legal requirements and will satisfy durability and performance criteria and margins of safety which they determine are applicable. The products must be used, handled, applied and installed strictly in accordance with all current instructions for use published by DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc.

The performance data given in this manual are the result of the evaluation of tests conducted under laboratory conditions. It is the responsibility of the designer and installer in charge to consider the conditions on site and to ensure the performance data given in the manual is applicable to the actual conditions. In particular the base material and environmental conditions have to be checked prior to installation. In case of doubt, contact the technical support of DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc.

Limitation of Liability

DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc. offers a limited product warranty to customers or end users that the product meets its applicable specifications. except for the express warranty in the immediately preceding sentence, DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc. grants no other warranties, express or implied, regarding the products, their fitness for any purpose, their quality, their merchantability or otherwise. further, DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc. shall have no liability with respect to changes in the design, materials and specifications in the products presented in this manual, nor with respect to any product which has been modified or installed improperly, regardless of any specific instructions

to the installer. The responsible designer and installer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc. for any and all claimed loss or damage occasioned, in a whole or in part, by the modified products or deviation in product installation procedures.

Limitation of Damages

DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc. or its affiliates or their respective officers, members, managers, directors, representatives, agents or employees are not obligated for direct, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses in connection with, or by reason of, the use of, or inability to use the products for any purpose. Implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose are specifically excluded.

DEWALT anchors & fasteners, Inc.

black-&-Decker-straße 40

65510 Idstein

Germany

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gene

ral I

nfor

mat

ion Introduction 2

Icons Used In This Manual 3

Notations Used In This Manual 5

Selection Guide 6

Technical Support 8

Mec

hani

cal A

ncho

rs

Mechanical Anchors 9

Throughbolt

PTb-PRo carbon steel Zinc Plated 10

PTb-PRo Part 6 approval - carbon steel Zinc Plated 18

PTb-ss-PRo stainless steel 21

Drop-In Anchors

DM-PRo carbon steel Zinc Plated, stainless steel, or Galvanized 27

DM-PRo Part 6 approval - carbon steel Zinc Plated, stainless steel, or Galvanized 34

Screw Anchors

bT (blue-Tip) carbon steel Zinc Plated, stainless steel or Galvanized 38

snake carbon steel Zinc Plated 46

Adhe

sive

Anc

hors

Adhesive Anchors 51

Vinylester

ac100-PRo concrete anchoring system 52

ac100-PRo Masonry anchoring system 64

ac100-PRo Rebar anchoring system 71

Epoxy

Pure150-PRo concrete anchoring system 77

Pure150-PRo core Drilled concrete anchoring system 89

Pure150-PRo Rebar anchoring system 100

Pure110-PRo concrete anchoring system 106

Polyester

PV50-PRo concrete anchoring system 118

PV45-PRo concrete anchoring system 127

PV45-PRo Masonry anchoring system 135Capsule sc-PRo concrete anchoring system 142

ANCHORING & FASTENING SYSTEMSTechnical Manual for the Design Professional

Page 4: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

2

ancHoR DesIGn ManUal

TecH ManUal – ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

www.DEWALT.com

GEN

ERAL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

ANCHOR DESIGN MANUAL

DEWALT is a recognised global leader in designing and manufacturing solutions for the construction industry with extensive expertise in mechanical and adhesive anchors, light-duty fastening and direct fastening systems.

TESTED TO EXTREMES

The products in this catalogue have been through the most rigorous development and testing programmes and provide innovative solutions with the reassurance of high performance and full compliance with relevant building codes backed by comprehensive technical documentation and design software.

as a result, you can be sure of each and every fastener. DEWALT anchors and fastening systems - the first name for construction fastening.

END USER RESEARCH

on average, we speak to 20,000 users every year as part of the product development process.

a comprehensive understanding of the real applications that our users perform enables us to generate product features that are a genuine benefit to our users.

INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS

To support our users and drive our industry forward, DEWALT consistently develops truly innovative products, across multiple categories. This technical strength is regularly recognised by international design awards.

THE COMPLETE RANGE

DEWALT supplies a full range of anchors and fastening systems as well as power tools and accessories giving the building contractor and professional tradesman the complete system for construction fixing.

USER LOYALTY

The cast-iron DEWALT guarantee and premium service network ensures that our users have faith in the quality of our products. first-time buyers will become loyal DEWALT users.

DEWALT is heavily involved in end user events across europe - building our brand reputation, and generating huge excitement around our diverse product portfolio.

MECHANICAL ANCHORS

ADHESIVE ANCHORS

DIRECT FASTENING

Page 5: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

Icons UseD In THIs ManUal

TecH

Man

Ual

– ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

3www.DEWALT.com

GEN

ERAL

INFO

RM

ATI

ONICONS USED IN THIS MANUAL

APPLICATION AND USE ICONS

The anchor is installed in dry internal conditions, sufficient corrosion protection of carbon steel anchors is provided by a 5 µm minimum zinc coating.

The anchor is subject to atmospheric external conditions including industrial and maritime environments, or permanently damp internal conditions, stainless steel or special corrosion resistant coatings are required.

Particular aggressive conditions require anchors made of high corrosion resistance (HcR) steel. such aggressive environments are e.g. splash zone of sea water, chloride atmosphere of indoor swimming pools, or atmosphere with extreme chemical pollution including road tunnels where de icing materials are employed.

certain post installed anchors are only approved for ‘Multiple use for non-structural applications’. This means that this specific anchor product and size may only be used for redundant anchorage of non-structural components. The minimum number of anchors as well as the maximum design load is given in eTaG 001 Part 6.

The minimum and maximum ambient temperatures are limited to ensure proper performance over the service life of the anchorage. currently adhesive anchor systems can be approved for various service temperature ranges. short term temperatures: vary over short intervals, e.g. day/night cycles and freeze/thaw cycles. long term temperatures: will be approximately constant over significant periods of time.

40/24˚CTemperature range: -40°c to +40°c for short term and +24°c for long term temperatures, labeled 40/24°c.

40/24˚C

80/50˚C Temperature range: -40°c to +80°c for short term and +50°c for long term temperatures, labeled 80/50°c.

40/24˚C

72/43˚C Temperature range: -40°c to +72°c for short term and +43°c for long term temperatures, labeled 72/43°c.

40/24˚C

80/50˚C

120/72˚C Temperature range: -40°c to +120°c for short term and +72°c for long term temperatures, labeled 120/72°c.

adhesive curing depends on the temperature at which this chemical reaction takes place. for this reason, the minimum installation temperature is defined for the adhesive and the base material. The adhesive anchor system can be approved for various installation temperatures.

+5˚C Moderate base material temperature as low as +5°c.

-5˚C low base material temperature as low as -5°c.

-10 C̊ Very low base material temperature as low as -10°c.

curing of adhesives may be inhibited if they get wet during installation, e.g. by moistened bore holes due to rain on the construction site. approved adhesives are suitable for installation in dry and wet base material.

some adhesives can be installed in completely water filled holes without the curing process being affected negatively.

adhesives can also be used to install reinforcement bars connecting new concrete elements to existing concrete structures. Post-installed rebars are basically designed according to reinforced concrete design codes.

Page 6: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

4

Icons UseD In THIs ManUal

TecH ManUal – ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

www.DEWALT.com

GEN

ERAL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

anchors may be used in three types of installation configurations:

for preset anchors, the anchor is installed first and then the fixture is attached. In this case, the clearance hole in the fixture can be smaller than the drilled hole in the base material.

for through installations, the fixture is put in place first and the anchor is then inserted through the clearance hole. In this case, the fixture may be used as a template, but the hole diameter in the fixture must be at least as large as the drilled hole diameter.

for a stand off installation, the element to be anchored is mounted in a distance from the surface of the base material. The lever arm of the applied loads creates a bending moment in the anchor bolt which needs to be taken care of in the design process.

anchoring in reinforced concrete may require core drills (diamond coring) where reinforcement is ex-pendable. as adhesive anchors are generally sensitive to the hole roughness, they need to be explicitly approved for application in smooth core drilled holes.

APPROVAL AND LISTING ICONS

anchor products holding a european Technical approval (eTa) are qualified according to one of the following technical guidelines (eTaG):• eTaG 001 for metal anchors installed in concrete. (option 1 for cracked concrete,

option 7 for uncracked concrete, Part 6 for multiple use for non-structural applications)• eTaG 029 for metal injection anchors installed in masonry.• eoTa TR 023 for post-installed reinforcement bars. Products complying with european standards or approvals are marked with the ce Marking.

a fire resistance rating provides the duration of fire exposure for which the anchor product is qualified. Ratings within the context of the european organization of Technical approvals (eoTa) are based on the following Technical Report (TR):• eoTa TR 020 for the evaluation of anchors installed in concrete. In general, the design strength is reduced if exposure to fire is taken into account. Maximum duration for fire resistance is given in the specific product section and generally ranges from 120 to 240 min, depending on whether the anchor product is qualified for concrete anchoring or post-installed rebar connections.

The German Technical approval of post installed reinforcement bars certifies that the product meets the requirements to be installed by trained personnel. The German Technical approvals are next to the european Technical approvals the most renowned qualifications of anchor products.

The evaluation service of the International code council (Icc es) provides test guidelines for anchor qualification in the Us. The technical reports issued on the basis of these guidelines are internationally recognized and provide a high degree of safety.

The national sanitation foundation (nsf) International is an independent organization that provides standards for e.g. product certification for public health and the environment.

A+ A B C

Products tested for the emission of volatile substances in indoor air, with a risk of inhalation toxicity, on a scale ranging from class a + (very low emissions) to c (high emissions) level.

LOADING CONDITION ICONS

static loads are basically dead loads or other permanently or temporarily acting loads such as snow load.

live loads varying at low rates such as traffic or moving loads are considered as quasi static loads.

loads evolving from earthquakes are termed seismic loads and are characterized by cyclic loading.

load demands deriving from moderate wind are covered by the approval for quasi static loading.

anchors are considered fit for applications in areas prone to high wind such as typhoon or hurricanes if they are approved for seismic loading.

Page 7: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

GeneRal safeTy concePT:

TecH

Man

Ual

– ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

5www.DEWALT.com

GEN

ERAL

INFO

RM

ATI

ONBASE MATERIAL ICONS

The crack condition of the concrete is a critical factor in anchor selection. The concrete can either be uncracked or cracked. The concrete may only be assumed as uncracked if it can be shown that there is no tensile stress in the concrete.

as a default, the concrete should be assumed as cracked. anchors can generally be used for concrete strengths between 20 and 50 MPa (measured on cylindrical test specimens), corresponding to the european concrete strength classes c20/25 to c50/60.

Material characteristics generally allow only certain anchor types to be used in masonry. anchoring products qualified for masonry are generally adhesive type. The installation of adhesive anchors in solid bricks is basically identical to that in concrete.

In case of hollow bricks, special sleeves inserted prior to the installation of the anchor prevents the adhesive to fully diminish into the brick voids. as masonry bricks available worldwide show a high diversity, the designer must check the specified brick carefully. on-site field testing in actual conditions is recommended.

OTHER ICONS

concrete anchor design is consistent but complex. The DEWALT Design assistant (DDa) helps engineers to accelerate the design process. The design data of all DEWALT anchors holding a technical approval is readily available.

adhesive cartridge control: The DEWALT Resin anchors estimator (DRae) is a tool helping you to determine the number of cartridges and to control the cost on the job site. It is available as a free real time software.

TEST LABORATORY

We run a worldwide net of test laboratories for which experienced staff carry out tests for quality control and for research and development.

PL

AN

D

ES

IGN • PROCU

RE

• B

UI L

D

FIELDSERVICES

FIE

LD

SA

LE

S

FIELD

EN

GIN

EE

RS

contact us if you need technical support in whatsoever, contact details are given at the end of this manual. our field service experts will answer your questions.

General Safety Concept:

sd ≤ Rd

Where: sd = value of design action; sd = gf • fk

Rd = value of design resistance (nRd for tension, VRd for shear, or fRd 45˚ for loads acting at 45˚); Rd = Rk/ gM

NOTATIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL

F N V M T

force in general normal force shear force Moment in general Torsion momentFk Rk c ccr cmin

characteristic resistance of an action

characteristic resistance of anchor

or anchor group

concrete edge distance

characteristic edge distance

Minimum allowable edge distance

d df dnom d0 fb

Diameter of anchor bolt

Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture

outside diameter of an anchor

nominal diameter of drilled hole

normalized mean compression strength

of masonry unitfc fy fu h hef

concrete compressive strength of concrete

steel yield strength or steel proof strength

respectively

steel ultimate tensile strength

Thickness of concrete member in which the

anchor is installed

effective embedment depth

hmin s scr smin tfix

Minimum allowed thickness of concrete

member

anchor spacing characteristic anchor spacing

Minimum allowable anchor spacing

Thickness of the fixture

r tk

gF

gM

g2

bulk density of masonry unit

characteristic bond stress

Partial safety factor for actions

Partial safety factor for material

Partial safety factor for installation

Page 8: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

6

selecTIon GUIDe

TecH ManUal – ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

www.DEWALT.com

GEN

ERAL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

applications and Uses listings and approvals loading condition base Material

SELECTION GUIDE Inte

rior

Inst

alla

tion

exte

rior

Inst

alla

tion

adve

rse

atm

osph

ere

Mod

erat

e se

rvic

e Te

mpe

ratu

re R

ange

High

ser

vice

Tem

pera

ture

Ran

ge

Very

Hig

h se

rvic

e Te

mpe

ratu

re R

ange

Mod

erat

e In

stal

latio

nTe

mpe

ratu

re R

ange

low

Insta

llatio

nTe

mpe

ratu

re R

ange

Very

low

Inst

alla

tion

Tem

pera

ture

Ran

ge

Dry

and

Wet

ba

se M

ater

ial

Wat

er f

illed

Hole

s

Mul

tiple

fast

enin

g

Post

-Inst

alle

dRe

bar D

esig

n

Pres

et In

stal

latio

n

Thro

ugh

Inst

alla

tion

stan

d-of

f Ins

talla

tion

core

Dril

ling

euro

pean

Te

chni

cal

appr

oval

fire

Rat

ing

Icc-

es(a

cI)

nsf

/ WQa

Voc

Germ

an T

echn

ical

ap

prov

al

stat

ic l

oad

Quas

i-sta

atic

lo

ads

seism

ic l

oads

Mod

erat

e W

ind

load

s

High

Win

d

load

s

Uncr

acke

d co

ncre

te

crac

ked

conc

rete

solid

bric

k

Mas

onry

Hollo

w b

rick

Mas

onry

Product Pg. 40/24˚C 40/24˚C

72/43˚C40/24˚C

80/50˚C

120/72˚C

+5˚C -5˚C -10 C̊

ETAG 001 Option 1 F30A+ A B C STATIC QUASI-STATIC SEISMIC

Pg. Product

eXPa

nsIo

n an

cHoR

s Thro

ughb

olt

PTb-

PRo

10 n l l l l l l s n n n n n n n n4

n n n n 10

PTb-

PRo

PTb-

PRo

Part

6

18 n l l l l l l s n n n n n n n n n n n 18

PTb-

PRo

Part

6

PTb-

ss-P

Ro

21 n n l l l l l l s n n n n n n n n n n 21

PTb-

ss-P

Ro

Drop

-in a

ncho

r

DM-P

Ro

27 n u l l l l l l s n n n n n n n 27

DM-P

Ro

DM-P

Ro

Part

6

34 n u l l l l l l s n n n n n n n n n n 34

DM-P

Ro

Part

6

scRe

W a

ncHo

Rs

bT (b

lue-

Tip)

38 n l l l l l l s n n n2)

n n n n n 38

bT (b

lue-

Tip)

snak

e

46 n l l l l l l s n n n n2)

n n n n n 46

snak

e

InJe

cTIo

n aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs

Viny

lest

er

ac10

0-PR

o

conc

rete

52 n u u n n n n n n n n n n n n n n3

n n n n 52

conc

rete

ac10

0-PR

o

Mas

onry

64 n u u n n n n n n n n n n n n n 64

Mas

onry

Reba

r

71 n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 71

Reba

r

epox

y

Pure

150-

PRo

conc

rete

77 n u u n n n n n n n n n n n n n n3

n n n n 77

conc

rete

Pure

150-

PRo

core

Dril

led

89 n u u n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 89

core

Dril

led

Reba

r

100 n n n n n n n n n n n n n 100

Reba

r

Pure

110-

PRo

conc

rete

106 n u u n n1)

n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 106

conc

rete

Pure

110-

PRo

Poly

este

r

PV50

-PRo

conc

rete

118 n u n n n n n n n n n n n 118

conc

rete

PV50

-PRo

PV45

-PRo

conc

rete

127 n u n n n n n n n n n n n 127

conc

rete

PV45

-PRo

Mas

onry

135 n u n n n n n n n n n n n n 135

Mas

onry

caPs

Ule

aDHe

sIVe

an

cHoR

sc-P

Ro

conc

rete

142 n u u n n n n n n n n n n 142

conc

rete

sc-P

Ro

Legend: n suitable u suitable depending on the steel material used l Mechanical anchors are suitable for all temperatures without further approval testing s Performance of mechanical anchors is not affected by wet surfaces, however, corrosion effects need to be considered 1)+10˚c 2) efectis Report 3) seismic category c1 4) seismic category c1 and c2

Page 9: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

selecTIon GUIDe

TecH

Man

Ual

– ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

7www.DEWALT.com

GEN

ERAL

INFO

RM

ATI

ONapplications and Uses listings and approvals loading condition base Material

SELECTION GUIDE Inte

rior

Inst

alla

tion

exte

rior

Inst

alla

tion

adve

rse

atm

osph

ere

Mod

erat

e se

rvic

e Te

mpe

ratu

re R

ange

High

ser

vice

Tem

pera

ture

Ran

ge

Very

Hig

h se

rvic

e Te

mpe

ratu

re R

ange

Mod

erat

e In

stal

latio

nTe

mpe

ratu

re R

ange

low

Insta

llatio

nTe

mpe

ratu

re R

ange

Very

low

Inst

alla

tion

Tem

pera

ture

Ran

ge

Dry

and

Wet

ba

se M

ater

ial

Wat

er f

illed

Hole

s

Mul

tiple

fast

enin

g

Post

-Inst

alle

dRe

bar D

esig

n

Pres

et In

stal

latio

n

Thro

ugh

Inst

alla

tion

stan

d-of

f Ins

talla

tion

core

Dril

ling

euro

pean

Te

chni

cal

appr

oval

fire

Rat

ing

Icc-

es(a

cI)

nsf

/ WQa

Voc

Germ

an T

echn

ical

ap

prov

al

stat

ic l

oad

Quas

i-sta

atic

lo

ads

seism

ic l

oads

Mod

erat

e W

ind

load

s

High

Win

d

load

s

Uncr

acke

d co

ncre

te

crac

ked

conc

rete

solid

bric

k

Mas

onry

Hollo

w b

rick

Mas

onry

Product Pg. 40/24˚C 40/24˚C

72/43˚C40/24˚C

80/50˚C

120/72˚C

+5˚C -5˚C -10 C̊

ETAG 001 Option 1 F30A+ A B C STATIC QUASI-STATIC SEISMIC

Pg. Product

eXPa

nsIo

n an

cHoR

s Thro

ughb

olt

PTb-

PRo

10 n l l l l l l s n n n n n n n n4

n n n n 10

PTb-

PRo

PTb-

PRo

Part

6

18 n l l l l l l s n n n n n n n n n n n 18

PTb-

PRo

Part

6

PTb-

ss-P

Ro

21 n n l l l l l l s n n n n n n n n n n 21

PTb-

ss-P

Ro

Drop

-in a

ncho

r

DM-P

Ro

27 n u l l l l l l s n n n n n n n 27

DM-P

Ro

DM-P

Ro

Part

6

34 n u l l l l l l s n n n n n n n n n n 34

DM-P

Ro

Part

6

scRe

W a

ncHo

Rs

bT (b

lue-

Tip)

38 n l l l l l l s n n n2)

n n n n n 38

bT (b

lue-

Tip)

snak

e

46 n l l l l l l s n n n n2)

n n n n n 46

snak

e

InJe

cTIo

n aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs

Viny

lest

er

ac10

0-PR

o

conc

rete

52 n u u n n n n n n n n n n n n n n3

n n n n 52

conc

rete

ac10

0-PR

o

Mas

onry

64 n u u n n n n n n n n n n n n n 64

Mas

onry

Reba

r

71 n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 71

Reba

r

epox

y

Pure

150-

PRo

conc

rete

77 n u u n n n n n n n n n n n n n n3

n n n n 77

conc

rete

Pure

150-

PRo

core

Dril

led

89 n u u n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 89

core

Dril

led

Reba

r

100 n n n n n n n n n n n n n 100

Reba

r

Pure

110-

PRo

conc

rete

106 n u u n n1)

n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 106

conc

rete

Pure

110-

PRo

Poly

este

r

PV50

-PRo

conc

rete

118 n u n n n n n n n n n n n 118

conc

rete

PV50

-PRo

PV45

-PRo

conc

rete

127 n u n n n n n n n n n n n 127

conc

rete

PV45

-PRo

Mas

onry

135 n u n n n n n n n n n n n n 135

Mas

onry

caPs

Ule

aDHe

sIVe

an

cHoR

sc-P

Ro

conc

rete

142 n u u n n n n n n n n n n 142

conc

rete

sc-P

Ro

Page 10: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

8

TecHnIcal sUPPoRT

TecH ManUal – ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

www.DEWALT.com

GEN

ERAL IN

FORM

ATIO

N

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

This anchor Design Technical Manual gives you valuable information on anchor technology and the powerful anchor products engineered by DEWALT.

We also recommend that you use the DEWALT Design assist software that provides all the information you need for the efficient calculation of single and multiple anchor connections. This software contains design data of all DEWALT anchor products and allows you to design anchorages easily.

To download this software for free, go to: www.DEWALTDESIGNASSIST.com.

Innovation has always been a core strength of DEWALT and since its foundation has been delivering innovative anchoring solutions for attachment to concrete, masonry, steel and wood.

DEWALT employs a large team of senior anchor design and test engineers at our state-of-the-art laboratories and their expertise together with the massive engineering resources of Stanley Black & Decker ensures that we provide innovative, high-quality anchoring solutions.

In-house Qc inspection and testing procedures by our experienced technical personnel ensure that only the highest quality fasteners enter the market place.

TEST LABORATORY

Page 11: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

TecH

Man

Ual

– ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RS

MecHanIcal ancHoR oVeRVIeW

www.DEWALT.com

SECTION CONTENTExpansion Anchors

Throughbolt:

PTb-PRo

PTb-ss-PRo

Drop-in anchor:

DM-PRo

Screw Anchors

bT (blue-Tip)

snake

MECHANICAL ANCHOR OVERVIEW

Mechanical anchors are available in many variations and choices and can usually be loaded immediately after installation which is an advantage in many applications. Mechanical anchors may also have a greater resistance to the effects of elevated temperature when compared width adhesive anchors.

Mechanical anchors can be described by their functional principle and categorized by their load transfer mechanism which either bases on mechanical friction or on mechanical interlock:

anchor types which load transfer mechanism bases on friction are in general expansion anchors. These anchor types are designed with expansion elements that compress against the wall of the drilled hole. When the anchor is loaded, frictional force between expansion elements and concrete allows the anchor to transfer the load to the base material. Torque-controlled expansion anchors are installed by applying a speci-fied torque to the bolt head or nut with a torque wrench. Torque-controlled expansion anchors may be further classified as either sleeve type (also commonly named ‘heavy duty anchor’ or ‘high load anchor’) or bolt type (also commonly named ‘wedge anchor’ or ‘throughbolt’). Displacement-controlled expansion anchors are set by the axial displacement of the expansion plug within the sleeve. They are commonly called ‘drop-in anchors’.

anchors which load transfer mechanism bases on interlock are either screw or undercut type. Screw anchors have a thread similar to that of a wood screw which allows the anchor to cut into the base material during installation in a drilled hole. The anchor develops its load capacity by the interlock of the thread and concrete. Undercut anchors provide a bearing area which undercuts into the wall of the drilled hole by a special installation procedure. The large bearing area allows transferring the load into the base material by mechanical interlock.

In europe and many other countries, mechanical anchors are in general designed according the ETAG 001 Annex C Method A. anchors qualified for multiple use for non-structural applications according to eTaG 001 Part 6 are designed according to simplified rules stipulated in ETAG 001 Annex C.

9

Page 12: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com10

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014M

ECHAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

ASSEMBLY

Hexagon nut

Washer

bolt

clip

VERSIONSHexagon nut

carbon steel, Zinc Plated

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0036

GENERAL INFORMATION

PTB-PROThroughbolt

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The PTb-PRo is a fully threaded, torque controlled, wedge expansion anchor which is designed for consistent performance in cracked and uncracked concrete. The anchor is easy to install and suitable for a variety of base materials. The wide range of available PTb-PRo anchor sizes covers all common capacity demands. The superior load-displacement response qualifies the PTb-PRo for both standard and adverse loading conditions including seismic loading.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• consistent performance in high and low strength concrete

• nominal drill bit size is same as the anchor diameter

• anchor can be installed through standard fixture holes

• fully threaded bolt for highest flexibility

• M12 and M16: two embedment depths approved for flexible fixture thicknesses

• M8 to M16: seismic c1 approved, M12 even for seismic category c2

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 1 F120

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC SEISMIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 13: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 11

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSINSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA

Notation UnitPTB-PRO

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12 16 20

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 16 22

effective embedment depth 1 effective embedment depth 2

hef,1 hef,2

[mm] [mm]

40 -

60 -

60 80

80 100

110 -

nominal embedment depth 1nominal embedment depth 2

hnom,1hnom,2

[mm][mm]

48-

71-

7191

95115

130-

Drill hole depth for hef,1 Drill hole depth for hef,2

h1,1 h1,2

[mm] [mm]

55 -

75 -

75 95

100 120

150 -

Minimum member thickness for hef,1 Minimum member thickness for hef,2

hmin,1 hmin,2

[mm] [mm]

100 -

120 -

120 160

160 200

250 -

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 55 60 70 95

corresponding edge distance for c ≥ [mm] 90 90 100 130 240

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 55 60 65 85 95

corresponding spacing for s ≥ [mm] 120 150 190 160 240

Installation torque Tinst [nm] 25 45 70 120 200

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19 24 30

hmin

hef

d0

df

Sw

tfix

Tinst

h1

Length

hnom

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Remove dust and debris from the hole using a hand pump or compressed air.

3.) Drive the anchor into the hole at least to the minimum required embedment depth.

4.) Tighten the anchor with a torque wrench by applying the required installation torque Tinst.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Page 14: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

12

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitPTB-PRO

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Steel failure

characteristic resistance nRk,s [kn] 22 31 43 79 95

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

Pullout failure

Cracked concrete

characteristic resistance (hef,1) nRk,p [kn] 4 9 12 25 20

characteristic resistance (hef,2) nRk,p [kn] - - 12 25 -

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 1.82)

Uncracked concrete

characteristic resistance (hef,1) nRk,p [kn] 7.5 16 4) 25 50

characteristic resistance (hef,2) nRk,p [kn] - - 30 4) -

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 1.53) 1.82)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.22

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

seismic reduction factor for category c1 an,seis [-] 0.87 0.96 0.97 0.97 -

seismic reduction factor for category c25) an,seis [-] - - 0.97 - -

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing (hef,1) scr,n,1 [mm] 120 180 180 240 330

characteristic spacing (hef,2) scr,n,2 [mm] - - 240 300 -

characteristic edge distance (hef,1) ccr,n,1 [mm] 60 90 90 120 165

characteristic edge distance (hef,2) ccr,n,2 [mm] - - 120 150 -

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.53) 1.82)

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.82)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing (hef,1) scr,sp,1 [mm] 200 300 300 400 550

characteristic spacing (hef,2) scr,sp,2 [mm] - - 400 500 -

characteristic edge distance (hef,1) ccr,sp,1 [mm] 100 150 150 200 275

characteristic edge distance (hef,2) ccr,sp,2 [mm] - - 200 250 -

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.53 1.82)

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.82)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.22

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.2 is included

3) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.0 is included

4) Pullout failure not decisive; Use equation acc. to eTaG 001, annex c, for concrete cone failure

5) for more details including displacement data, see technical approval.

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 15: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 13

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSSHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTH

According to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitPTB-PRO

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

characteristic resistance VRk,s [kn] 10 15.5 21 37 54

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

seismic reduction factor for category c1 av,seis [-] 0.85 0.85 0.80 0.85 -

seismic reduction factor for category c23) av,seis [-] - - 0.57 - -

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

characteristic resistance M0Rk,s [nm] 23 45 77 194 400

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.6) of eTaG 001 annex c k [-] 1 2 2 2 2

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

effective length of anchor for hef,1 lf,1 [mm] 40 60 60 80 110

effective length of anchor for hef,1 lf,2 [mm] - - 80 100 -

outside diameter of anchor dnom [mm] 8 10 12 16 20

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.0 is included

3) for more details including displacement data, see technical approval.

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design Process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the tables below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• for cracked concrete, splitting failure is not considered assuming that a reinforcement is present which limits the crack width to 0.3 mm.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

M8 C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 40

Member thickness h [mm] 100

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 55 55 55 55 55

anchor spacing s [mm] - 50 120 50 120 - 120 120 120 120

nRd [kn] 2.2 4.4 4.4 8.9 8.9 2.2 4.4 4.4 8.9 8.9

fRd45° [kn] 2.8 5.0 5.5 8.7 11.0 2.3 4.4 4.4 6.2 6.2

VRd [kn] 6.1 8.6 12.1 12.2 24.3 3.5 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1

nRd [kn] 5.0 10.0 10.0 17.1 20.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 18.8 18.8

fRd45° [kn] 5.2 9.3 10.4 14.5 20.9 4.2 7.9 7.9 10.0 10.0

VRd [kn] 8.0 12.0 16.0 17.1 32.0 5.0 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 16: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

14

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

M10 C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 60

Member thickness h [mm] 120

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60 60 60 60 60

anchor spacing s [mm] - 55 180 55 180 - 150 180 150 180

nRd [kn] 5.0 10.0 10.0 15.8 20.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 20.0 20.0

fRd45° [kn] 6.0 12.0 12.0 19.0 24.0 4.0 7.6 8.0 9.8 10.4

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 38.0 48.0 4.4 8.1 8.8 8.1 8.8

nRd [kn] 10.7 20.4 21.3 26.6 42.7 9.0 13.4 14.3 23.0 26.6

fRd45° [kn] 9.6 18.7 19.2 29.1 38.3 6.2 10.5 11.3 13.0 14.4

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 48.0 48.0 6.2 11.4 12.5 11.4 12.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M12Embedment Depth 1

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 60

Member thickness h [mm] 120

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 65 65 - 65 -

anchor spacing s [mm] - 60 180 60 180 - 190 - 190 -

nRd [kn] 6.7 12.4 13.3 16.5 26.7 6.7 13.3 - 26.7 -

fRd45° [kn] 8.0 14.8 16.0 19.8 31.9 4.9 9.7 - 12.3 -

VRd [kn] 16.0 29.7 32.0 39.7 64.0 5.0 10.0 - 10.0 -

nRd [kn] 15.6 20.8 31.2 27.8 62.5 9.3 15.2 - 28.6 -

fRd45° [kn] 13.4 21.4 26.8 31.4 53.6 6.8 12.4 - 16.0 -

VRd [kn] 16.0 32.0 32.0 55.5 64.0 7.1 14.1 - 14.1 -

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M12Embedment Depth 2

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 80

Member thickness h [mm] 160

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 65 65 65 65 65

anchor spacing s [mm] - 60 240 60 240 - 190 240 190 240

nRd [kn] 6.7 13.3 13.3 22.4 26.7 6.7 13.3 13.3 26.7 26.7

fRd45° [kn] 8.0 16.0 16.0 26.8 31.9 5.0 10.0 10.1 12.8 13.0

VRd [kn] 16.0 32.0 32.0 53.7 64.0 5.3 10.6 10.7 10.6 10.7

nRd [kn] 20.0 30.1 40.0 37.6 80.0 12.7 18.7 20.3 32.2 38.7

fRd45° [kn] 15.1 26.3 30.2 40.2 60.3 8.0 14.1 14.7 17.3 18.4

VRd [kn] 16.0 32.0 32.0 64.0 64.0 7.5 14.9 15.1 14.9 15.1

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 17: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 15

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RS

M16Embedment Depth 1

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 80

Member thickness h [mm] 160

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 85 85 85 85 85

anchor spacing s [mm] - 70 240 70 240 - 160 240 160 240

nRd [kn] 13.9 18.5 27.8 23.9 55.6 11.2 18.6 22.3 33.1 48.4

fRd45° [kn] 15.9 22.1 31.8 28.6 63.6 7.9 12.9 15.5 15.8 19.9

VRd [kn] 28.8 44.4 57.6 57.3 115.2 8.0 12.9 15.4 12.9 15.4

nRd [kn] 20.0 31.1 40.0 40.1 80.0 14.2 19.8 22.7 31.0 41.8

fRd45° [kn] 20.0 34.2 40.1 45.4 80.1 10.6 16.1 18.9 19.5 24.3

VRd [kn] 28.8 57.6 57.6 80.2 115.2 11.2 18.3 21.8 18.3 21.8

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M16Embedment Depth 2

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 100

Member thickness h [mm] 200

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 85 85 85 85 85

anchor spacing s [mm] - 70 300 70 300 - 160 300 160 300

nRd [kn] 13.9 24.7 27.8 30.4 55.6 13.6 20.9 27.3 35.1 55.6

fRd45° [kn] 15.9 29.3 31.8 36.4 63.6 8.8 14.0 17.6 16.6 21.8

VRd [kn] 28.8 57.6 57.6 73.0 115.2 8.3 13.6 16.7 13.6 16.7

nRd [kn] 33.6 41.4 67.2 51.1 134.4 18.1 23.8 28.9 35.2 54.8

fRd45° [kn] 26.3 40.9 52.6 57.8 105.3 12.1 18.0 22.0 21.1 27.9

VRd [kn] 28.8 57.6 57.6 102.2 115.2 11.8 19.2 23.6 19.2 23.6

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M20 C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 110

Member thickness h [mm] 250

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 95 95 95 95 95

anchor spacing s [mm] - 95 330 95 330 - 240 330 240 330

nRd [kn] 11.1 22.2 22.2 38.3 44.4 11.1 22.2 22.2 44.4 44.4

fRd45° [kn] 15.0 28.8 30.0 45.8 60.0 9.0 17.3 18.1 22.4 23.8

VRd [kn] 43.2 71.3 86.4 91.9 172.8 10.2 18.8 20.4 18.8 20.4

nRd [kn] 27.8 41.6 55.6 53.6 111.1 19.0 27.3 30.4 45.0 57.6

fRd45° [kn] 28.7 47.7 57.4 64.2 114.8 13.9 22.9 25.1 28.4 32.6

VRd [kn] 43.2 86.4 86.4 128.6 172.8 14.4 26.6 28.9 26.6 28.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 18: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

16

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

4

3

1

2

Part no. Designation Material Protection

1 bolt cold formed carbon steel, grade c-1035 Zinc plated 5 µm

2 expansion clipcarbon steel for M10 to M20 Zinc plated

stainless steel for M8 -

3 Washer DIn 125, DIn 9021 or en Iso 7089 Zinc plated

4 Hexagonal nut DIn 934 or DIn en Iso 4032, Grade 8 acc. to DIn en Iso 20898-2 Zinc plated

Page 19: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 17

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSORDERING INFORMATION

Art. no. Type Dia.

[mm]Length [mm]

hnom,1 /hnom,2[mm]

Max. tfix

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

PTB-PRO

PTB-PRO through bolt - carbon steel, zinc plated

DfM1110010 M6x40 standard anchor - zinc plated* M6 40 -** 2 100 800

DfM1110000 M6x55 standard anchor - zinc plated* M6 55 41 / - 5 100 800

DfM1110020 M6x60 standard anchor - zinc plated* M6 60 41 / - 10 100 800

DfM1110040 M6x85 standard anchor - zinc plated* M6 85 41 / - 35 100 400

DfM1110050 M8x50 standard anchor - zinc plated* M8 50 -** 5 100 400

DfM1110060 M8x60 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 60 48 / - 5 100 400

DfM1110080 M8x65 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 65 48 / - 10 100 400

DfM1110100 M8x75 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 75 48 / - 20 100 400

DfM1110120 M8x85 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 85 48 / - 30 100 400

DfM1110140 M8x95 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 95 48 / - 40 100 400

DfM1110160 M8x105 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 105 48 / - 50 100 400

DfM1110180 M8x130 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 130 48 / - 75 50 200

DfM1110200 M8x155 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 155 48 / - 100 50 200

DfM1110220 M8x205 standard anchor - zinc plated M8 205 48 / - 150 50 200

DfM1110230 M10x60 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 60 -** 5 50 200

DfM1110260 M10x85 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 85 71 / - 5 50 200

DfM1110280 M10x90 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 90 71 / - 10 50 200

DfM1110320 M10x100 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 100 71 / - 20 50 200

DfM1110340 M10x110 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 110 71 / - 30 50 200

DfM1110360 M10x120 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 120 71 / - 40 50 200

DfM1110400 M10x130 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 130 71 / - 50 50 200

DfM1110440 M10x160 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 160 71 / - 80 50 200

DfM1110460 M10x180 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 180 71 / - 100 25 100

DfM1110480 M10x220 standard anchor - zinc plated M10 220 71 / - 140 25 100

DfM1110520 M12x90 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 90 71 / - 5 / - 50 200

DfM1110540 M12x95 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 95 71 / - 10 / - 50 200

DfM1110560 M12x100 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 100 71 / - 15 / - 50 200

DfM1110580 M12x105 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 105 71 / 91 20 / 1 25 100

DfM1110600 M12x115 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 115 71 / 91 30 / 10 25 100

DfM1110620 M12x120 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 120 71 / 91 35 / 15 25 100

DfM1110640 M12x135 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 135 71 / 91 50 / 30 25 100

DfM1110660 M12x165 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 165 71 / 91 80 / 60 25 100

DfM1110680 M12x175 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 175 71 / 91 90 / 70 25 100

DfM1110700 M12x185 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 185 71 / 91 100 / 80 25 100

DfM1110720 M12x220 standard anchor - zinc plated M12 220 71 / 91 135 / 115 10 40

DfM1110740 M16x115 standard anchor - zinc plated M16 115 95 / - 5 / - 25 100

DfM1110760 M16x125 standard anchor - zinc plated M16 125 95 / 115 15 / 5 20 80

DfM1110780 M16x135 standard anchor - zinc plated M16 135 95 / 115 25 / 15 20 80

DfM1110800 M16x150 standard anchor - zinc plated M16 150 95 / 115 40 / 20 20 80

DfM1110810 M16x160 standard anchor - zinc plated M16 160 95 / 115 50 / 30 10 40

DfM1110830 M16x210 standard anchor - zinc plated M16 210 95 / 115 180 / 100 10 40

DfM1110870 M20x125 standard anchor - zinc plated M20 125 -** 5 10 40

DfM1110880 M20x160 standard anchor - zinc plated M20 160 130 / - 5 10 40

DfM1110900 M20x170 standard anchor - zinc plated M20 170 130 / - 15 10 40

DfM1110920 M20x175 standard anchor - zinc plated M20 175 130 / - 20 10 40

DfM1110940 M20x185 standard anchor - zinc plated M20 185 130 / - 30 10 40

DfM1110960 M20x200 standard anchor - zinc plated M20 200 130 / - 45 10 40

DfM1110980 M20x215 standard anchor - zinc plated M20 215 130 / - 60 10 40

*eTa listing does not cover size M6**size is less than minimum anchor length required to meet approval

Page 20: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

18

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

GENERAL INFORMATION

PTB-PRO Part 6Throughbolt

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

With an eTaG 001 Part 6 approval the PTb-PRo M6 is a small size throughbolt for multiple connection in non-structural applications.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Price competitive anchoring for all kinds of ceiling and suspended installation

• anchor can be easily installed through attachments

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Part 6 F120

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

ASSEMBLY

Hexagon nut

Washer

bolt

clip

VERSIONSHexagon nut

carbon steel, Zinc Plated

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0355

Page 21: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 19

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSINSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA

Notation UnitPTB-PRO

M6

anchor diameter d [mm] 6

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 6

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 7

effective embedment depth hef [mm] 35

Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 45

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 80

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 200

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 105

Installation torque Tinst [nm] 10

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 10

hmin

hef

d0

df

Sw

tfix

Tinst

h1

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base mate-rial to the required depth.

2.) Remove dust and debris from the hole using a hand pump or compressed air.

3.) Insert the stud anchor into the drilled hole through the fixture.

4.) Tighten the stud anchor with a torque wrench by applying the required installation torque Tinst.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Page 22: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com20

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014M

ECHAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

DESIGN INFORMATION

LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method C.

Notation UnitPTB-PRO

M6

Capacity for all directions and failure modes

Uncracked and cracked concrete

characteristic resistance c20/25 to c50/60 f0Rk [kn] 4.0

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 2.12)

Design resistance c20/25 to c50/60 fRd [kn] 1.9

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 200

characteristic edge distance ccr [mm] 105

Steel failure with lever arm

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

characteristic resistance M0Rk,s [nm] 9.3

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.4 is included

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

4

3

1

2

Part no. Designation Material Protection

1 bolt M6 (all versions) cold formed carbon steel, grade c-1035 Zinc plated 5 µm

2 expansion clip carbon steel Zinc plated

3 Washer DIn 125, DIn 9021 or en Iso 7089 Zinc plated

4 Hexagonal nut DIn 934 or DIn en Iso 4032, Grade 8 acc. to DIn en Iso 20898-2 Zinc plated

ORDERING INFORMATION

Art. no. Type Dia.

[mm]Length [mm]

Box qty.

Carton qty.

PTB-PRO PART 6

PTB-PRO Part 6

DfM1110000 PTb-PRo M6x55 standard anchor - zinc plated M6 55 100 800

DfM1110020 PTb-PRo M6x60 standard anchor - zinc plated M6 60 100 800

DfM1110040 PTb-PRo M6x85 standard anchor - zinc plated M6 85 100 400

Page 23: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 21

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSSECTION CONTENTS

General Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

ASSEMBLY

Hexagon nut

Washer

bolt

clip

VERSIONSHexagon nut

stainless steel

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0505

GENERAL INFORMATION

PTB-SS-PRO Throughbolt

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The PTb-ss-PRo is our throughbolt made of stainless steel. like the PTb-PRo, it is a fully threaded, torque controlled, wedge expansion anchor but made of stainless steel. It also covers a wide field of possible applications and can additionally be used for corrosion resistant anchorages.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• consistent performance in high and low strength concrete

• nominal drill bit size is same as the anchor diameter

• anchor can be installed through standard fixture holes

• fully threaded bolt for highest flexibility

• corrosion resistant when exposed to external atmosphere

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 7 O

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 24: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com22

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014M

ECHAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA

Notation UnitPTB-SS-PRO

M8 M10 M12

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12 14

effective embedment depth hef [mm] 40 55 70

nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] 49 65 80

Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 50 65 85

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 100 120 140

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 70 80 90

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 70 80 90

Installation torque Tinst [nm] 20 45 60

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19

hmin

hef

d0

df

Sw

tfix

Tinst

h1

Length

hnom

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Remove dust and debris from the hole using a hand pump or compressed air.

3.) Drive the anchor into the hole at least to the minimum required embedment depth.

4.) Tighten the anchor with a torque wrench by applying the required installation torque Tinst.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

Page 25: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 23

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSDESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitPTB-SS-PRO

M8 M10 M12

Steel failure

characteristic resistance nRk,s [kn] 19.1 30.9 49.6

Partial safety factor gMs [-] 1.5

Pullout failure

Uncracked concrete

characteristic resistance nRk,p [kn] 7.5 9.0 20.0

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 1.82) 1.53)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.18

c40/50 cc [-] 1.34

c50/60 cc [-] 1.45

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 120 165 210

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 60 82.5 105

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.82) 1.53)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 200 240 280

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 100 120 140

Partial safety facto gMsp

1) [-] 1.82) 1.53)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.18

c40/50 cc [-] 1.34

c50/60 cc [-] 1.45

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.2 is included

3) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.0 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.

The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 26: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

24

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitPTB-SS-PRO

M8 M10 M12

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

characteristic resistance VRk,s [kn] 10.8 17.1 24.8

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

characteristic resistance M0Rk,s [nm] 22.1 44.1 77.3

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.6) of eTaG 001 annex c k [-] 1 1 2

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

effective length of anchor for hef,min lf [mm] 40 55 70

outside diameter of anchor dnom [mm] 8 10 12

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.0 is included

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the tables below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• for cracked concrete, splitting failure is not considered assuming that a reinforcement is present which limits the crack width to 0.3 mm.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

M8 C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 40

Member thickness h [mm] 100

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 70 70 70 70 70

anchor spacing s [mm] - 70 120 70 120 - 70 120 70 120

nRd [kn] 4.2 8.3 8.3 16.7 16.7 4.2 8.3 8.3 12.1 16.7

fRd45° [kn] 4.7 8.7 9.5 15.9 19.0 4.4 7.4 7.9 8.8 11.0

VRd [kn] 8.5 13.5 17.0 21.3 34.0 6.8 9.1 10.7 9.1 10.7

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 27: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 25

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RS

M10 C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 55

Member thickness h [mm] 120

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] - 80 165 80 165 - 80 165 80 165

nRd [kn] 6.0 12.0 12.0 24.0 24.0 6.0 12.0 12.0 20.3 24.0

fRd45° [kn] 7.1 12.8 14.2 22.7 28.3 6.1 10.2 11.4 12.8 15.8

VRd [kn] 13.7 20.4 27.4 30.2 54.7 9.0 12.0 15.2 12.0 15.2

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M12 C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 70

Member thickness h [mm] 140

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 90 90 90 90 90

anchor spacing s [mm] - 90 210 90 210 - 90 210 90 210

nRd [kn] 13.3 26.7 26.7 40.2 53.3 13.3 19.1 25.3 26.5 48.3

fRd45° [kn] 13.5 27.1 27.1 45.3 54.1 10.4 14.3 19.0 16.3 24.1

VRd [kn] 19.8 39.7 39.7 79.4 79.4 11.3 15.1 20.1 15.1 20.1

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 28: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

26

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

4

3

1

2

Part no. Designation Material Protection

1 bolt coldformed stainless steel a41) according to en 10088 -

2 expansion clip stainless steel a41) according to en 10088 -

3 Washer stainless steel, a41) according to en 10088, Iso 3506-1, DIn 125, DIn 9021 or en Iso 7089 -

4 Hexagonal nut stainless steel a41) according to en 10088, Iso 3506-2, DIn 934 or DIn en Iso 4032 -

1) Mat. no.: 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571, 1.4578

ORDERING INFORMATION

Art. no. Type Dia.

[mm]Length [mm]

hnom [mm]

Max. tfix

Box qty.

Carton qty.

PTB-SS-PRO

PTB-SS-PRO - Stainless steel

DfM1140080 M8x65 standard anchor - a4/316ss M8 65 49 5 100 400

DfM1140100 M8x75 standard anchor - a4/316ss M8 75 49 15 100 400

DfM1140150 M8x100 standard anchor - a4/316ss M8 100 49 40 100 400

DfM1140170 M8x120 standard anchor - a4/316ss M8 120 49 60 50 200

DfM1140280 M10x90 standard anchor - a4/316ss M10 90 65 10 50 200

DfM1140320 M10x100 standard anchor - a4/316ss M10 100 65 20 50 200

DfM1140420 M10x140 standard anchor - a4/316ss M10 140 65 60 50 200

DfM1140560 M12x100 standard anchor - a4/316ss M12 100 80 5 50 200

DfM1140650 M12x140 standard anchor - a4/316ss M12 140 80 45 25 100

Page 29: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 27

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSSECTION CONTENTS

General Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

ASSEMBLY

VERSIONSstraight collar

carbon steel, Zinc Plated

stainless steel

lipped collar

carbon steel, Zinc Plated

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0057

GENERAL INFORMATION

DM-PRO Drop-In Anchor

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The DM-PRo is a drop-in anchor which shows good performance for competitive price for typical mass applications. It can be used in a wide range of concrete strengths and in all installation directions. The DM-PRo is available in carbon steel and stainless steel. The lipped version is furnished with a flange preventing the anchor to pertain too deep into the concrete.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Price competitive anchoring for all kinds of mechanical, electrical and plumbing installation

• straightforward installation with hand driven hammer

• suitable for threaded steel elements of various strength and grade

• Internally threaded anchor for easy bolt removability and service work

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 7

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 30: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com28

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014M

ECHAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA

Notation UnitDM-PRO

M8 M10 M12 M16

anchor diameter d [mm] 10 12 16 20

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 16 20

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18

effective embedment depth hef [mm] 30 40 50 65

Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 32 42 53 68

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 120 120 130 160

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 70 100 120 160

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 100 130 170 200

Maximum torque threaded rod Tmax [nm] 8 15 35 60

hmin

hef

d0

df

Sw

Tmax

h1

tfix

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Remove dust and debris from the hole using a hand pump or compressed air.

3.) Insert drop in anchor in to drilled hole.

4.) Expand anchor by hammering on setting tool until the collar of the setting tool touches the fixture.

5.) Insert threaded rod and prestress with defined torque.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Page 31: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 29

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSDESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitDM-PRO

M8 M10 M12 M16

Steel failure

characteristic resistance, steel grade 4.6 nRk,s [kn] 14.6 14.7 33.7 62.7

Partial safety factor gMs [-] 2.0 1.5 2.0

characteristic resistance, steel grade 5.6 nRk,s [kn] 11.6 14.7 42.1 47.3

Partial safety factor gMs [-] 1.5 2.0 1.5

characteristic resistance, steel grade 8.8 nRk,s [kn] 11.6 14.7 36.0 47.3

Partial safety factor gMs [-] 1.5

characteristic resistance, steel grade a4-70 nRk,s [kn] 15.7 19.9 48.6 63.9

Partial safety factor gMs [-] 1.89

Pullout failure

Uncracked concrete

characteristic resistance nRk,p [kn] -6) 9.0 12.0 12.0

Partial safety factor gMp

2) [-] 1.53) 1.84) 2.15)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.22

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 90 120 150 195

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 45 60 75 100

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMc

2) [-] 1.53) 1.84) 2.15)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 180 240 300 390

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 90 120 150 195

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.53) 1.84) 2.15)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.22

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) for applications with statically indeterminate structural component only

2) In absence of other national regulations

3) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.0 is included

4) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.2 is included

5) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.4 is included

6) concrete cone failure is decisive

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 32: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

30

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitDM-PRO

M8 M10 M12 M16

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

characteristic resistance, steel grade 4.6 VRk,s [kn] 7.3 7.4 16.9 31.3

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.67 1.25 1.67

characteristic resistance, steel grade 5.6 VRk,s [kn] 5.8 7.4 21.1 23.6

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.25 1.67 1.25

characteristic resistance, steel grade 8.8 VRk,s [kn] 5.8 7.4 18.0 23.6

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.25

characteristic resistance, steel grade a4-70 VRk,s [kn] 7.8 10.0 24.3 31.9

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.58

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

characteristic resistance, steel grade 4.6 M0Rk,s [nm] 14.9 29.9 52.4 132.2

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.67

characteristic resistance, steel grade 5.6 M0Rk,s [nm] 18.7 37.3 65.5 166.5

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.67

characteristic resistance, steel grade 8.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 27.3 43.0 104.8 224.9

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.25

characteristic resistance, steel grade a4-70 M0Rk,s [nm] 26.2 52.3 91.7 233.1

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.56

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.6) of eTaG 001 annex c. k [-] 1 1 1 2

Partial safety factor gMs

2) [-] 1.53)

Edge failure

effective length of anchor for hef lf [mm] 30 40 50 65

outside diameter of anchor dnom [mm] 10 12 16 20

Partial safety factor gMc

2) [-] 1.53)

1) for applications with statically indeterminate structural component only

2) In absence of other national regulations

3) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.0 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 33: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 31

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSPRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES

According to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the tables below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

M8 C20/258.8 steel

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 30

Member thickness h [mm] 120

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 100 100 100 100 100

anchor spacing s [mm] - 70 90 70 90 - 70 90 70 90

nRd [kn] 5.5 9.8 11.0 17.4 22.1 5.5 9.8 11.0 16.0 18.6

fRd45° [kn] 4.3 8.1 8.6 14.8 17.1 4.3 8.1 8.6 11.9 13.0

VRd [kn] 4.6 9.3 9.3 17.4 18.6 4.6 9.3 9.3 12.4 13.1

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M10 C20/258.8 steel

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 40

Member thickness h [mm] 120

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 130 130 130 130 130

anchor spacing s [mm] - 100 120 100 120 - 100 120 100 120

nRd [kn] 5.0 10.0 10.0 20.0 20.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 18.6 20.0

fRd45° [kn] 4.6 9.2 9.2 18.4 18.4 4.6 9.2 9.2 15.0 15.9

VRd [kn] 5.9 11.8 11.8 23.7 23.7 5.9 11.8 11.8 16.9 17.6

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M12 C20/258.8 steel

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 50

Member thickness h [mm] 130

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 170 170 170 170 170

anchor spacing s [mm] - 120 150 120 150 - 120 150 120 150

nRd [kn] 5.7 11.4 11.4 22.9 22.9 5.7 11.4 11.4 19.8 22.7

fRd45° [kn] 6.5 12.6 13.1 24.3 26.2 6.5 12.6 13.1 18.1 19.9

VRd [kn] 11.9 21.4 23.8 38.5 47.5 11.9 21.4 23.8 23.2 24.3

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 34: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

32

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

M16 C20/258.8 steel

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 65

Member thickness h [mm] 160

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 200 200 200 200 200

anchor spacing s [mm] - 160 195 160 195 - 160 195 160 195

nRd [kn] 5.7 11.4 11.4 22.9 22.9 5.7 11.4 11.4 22.9 22.9

fRd45° [kn] 7.4 14.9 14.9 29.8 29.8 7.4 14.3 14.5 22.7 23.1

VRd [kn] 18.9 37.8 37.8 75.5 75.5 18.9 32.3 33.8 32.3 33.8

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

31

2

Part no. Designation Version Material Protection

1 anchor sleevesDM-PRo/ DM-lip-Pro cold formed steel, grade sWRcH8a Zinc plated 5 µm

DM-ss-PRo Machined steel, grade ss3161) -

2 expansion conesDM-PRo/ DM-lip-Pro cold formed steel, grade sWRcH8a Zinc plated 5 µm

DM-ss-PRo Machined steel, grade ss3161) -

3 screw or threaded rod

DM-PRo/ DM-lip-Pro steel strength class 4.6, 5.6, 5.8 or 8.8 according to Iso 898-1 Zinc plated 5 µm

DM-ss-PRo steel strength class a4-701) -

1) Mat. no.: 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4439, 1.4571

Page 35: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 33

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSORDERING INFORMATION

Anchor

Art. no. Type Dia.

[mm]Length [mm]

Box qty.

Carton qty.

DM-PRO

DM-PRO - zinc plated

DfM2110500 M6 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M6 25 100 1600

DfM211055s M8 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M8 30 50 800

DfM2110550 M8 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M8 30 100 800

DfM211060s M10 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M10 40 50 800

DfM2110600 M10 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M10 40 100 800

DfM211065s M12 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M12 50 50 400

DfM2110650 M12 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M12 50 100 400

DfM2110700 M16 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M16 65 25 100

DfM2110750 M20 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M20 80 25 100

*eTa listing does not cover DM-PRo size M6 and M20

DM-LIP-PRO - zinc plated

DM-LIP-PRO

DfM2110000 M6 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M6 25 100 1600

DfM211010s M8 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M8 30 50 800

DfM2110100 M8 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M8 30 100 800

DfM211015s M10 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M10 40 50 800

DfM2110150 M10 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M10 40 100 800

DfM211020s M12 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M12 50 50 400

DfM2110200 M12 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M12 50 100 400

DfM2110300 M16 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M16 65 25 100

DfM2110250 M20 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M20 80 25 100

*eTa listing does not cover DM-lIP-PRo size M6 and M20

DM-SS-PRO - A4 stainless steel

DM-SS-PRO

DfM2120000 M6 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss* M6 25 100 1600

DfM2120050 M8 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss M8 30 100 800

DfM2120100 M10 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss M10 40 100 800

DfM2120150 M12 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss M12 50 100 400

DfM2120200 M16 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss M16 65 25 100

DfM2120250 M20 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss* M20 80 25 100

*eTa listing does not cover DM-ss-PRo sizes M6 and M20

Setting Tool for drop-in anchors

Art. no. Type Box

qty. Carton

qty.

SETTING TOOL

DfM2100010 M6 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100060 M8 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100110 M10 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100160 M12 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100210 M16 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100260 M20 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

Setting Tool with Safety Grip for drop-in anchors

Art. no. Type Box

qty. Carton

qty.

SETTING TOOL WITH SAFETY GRIP

DfM2100000 M6 Drop-in setting tool with safety grip 1 -

DfM2100050 M8 Drop-in setting tool with safety grip 1 -

DfM2100100 M10 Drop-in setting tool with safety grip 1 -

DfM2100150 M12 Drop-in setting tool with safety grip 1 -

DfM2100200 M16 Drop-in setting tool with safety grip 1 -

DfM2100250 M20 Drop-in setting tool with safety grip 1 -

Page 36: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

34

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

ASSEMBLY

VERSIONSstraight collar:

carbon steel, Zinc Plated

stainless steel

Hot Dipped Galvanized (no eTa approval)

lipped collar

carbon steel, Zinc Plated

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0056

GENERAL INFORMATION

DM-PRO Part 6Drop-In Anchor

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The DM-PRo is a drop-in anchor which shows good performance for competitive price for typical mass applications. It can be used in a wide range of concrete strengths and in all installation directions. The DM-PRo is available in carbon steel and stainless steel. The lipped version is furnished with a flange preventing the anchor to pertain too deep into the concrete. With an eTaG 001 Part 6 approval, the DM-PRo can also be used in cracked concrete, but only for multiple connection in non-structural applications.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Price competitive anchoring for all kinds of mechanical, electrical and plumbing installation

• straightforward installation with hand driven hammer

• suitable for threaded steel elements of various strength and grade

• Internally threaded anchor for easy bolt removability and service work

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Part 6 F120

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

Page 37: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 35

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSINSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA

Notation UnitDM-PRO Part 6

M6 M8 M10 M12

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12 16

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 7 9 12 14

effective embedment depth hef [mm] 25 30 40 50

Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 26 32 42 43

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 80 80 80 100

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 150 150 150 150

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 200 200 200 200

Maximum torque threaded rod Tmax [nm] 4 8 15 35

hmin

hef

d0

df

Sw

Tmax

h1

tfix

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Remove dust and debris from the hole using a hand pump or compressed air.

3.) Insert drop in anchor in to drilled hole.

4.) Expand anchor by hammering on setting tool until the collar of the setting tool touches the fixture.

5.) Insert threaded rod and prestress with defined torque.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Page 38: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

36

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014M

ECHAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

www.DeWalT.com

DESIGN INFORMATION

LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitDM-PRO

M6 M8 M10 M12

Capacity for all directions and failure modes

Uncracked and cracked concrete

characteristic resistance c20/25 to c50/60 f0Rk [kn] 2.0 2.0 4.0 5.0

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 2.42) 2.32) 2.12)

Design resistance c20/25 to c50/60 fRd [kn] 0.83 0.87 1.90 2.38

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 200 200 200 200

characteristic edge distance ccr [mm] 150 150 150 150

Steel failure with lever arm

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

characteristic resistance, 8.8 steel M0Rk,s [nm] 12.2 27.3 43.0 104.8

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

characteristic resistance, a4-70 M0Rk,s [nm] 10.7 26.2 52.3 91.7

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 1.56

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.4 is included

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

31

2

Part No. Designation Version Material Protection

1 anchor sleevesDM-PRo/ DM-lip-Pro cold formed steel, grade sWRcH8a Zinc plated 5 µm

DM-ss-Pro Machined steel, grade ss3161) -

2 expansion conesDM-PRo/ DM-lip-Pro cold formed steel, grade sWRcH8a Zinc plated 5 µm

DM-ss-Pro Machined steel, grade ss3161) -

3 screw or threaded rod

DM-PRo/ DM-lip-Pro steel strength class 4.6, 5.6, 5.8 or 8.8 according to Iso 898-1 Zinc plated 5 µm

DM-ss-Pro steel strength class a4-701) -

1) Mat. no.: 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4439, 1.4571

Page 39: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 37

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSORDERING INFORMATION

Anchor

Art. no. Type Dia.

[mm]Length [mm]

Box qty.

Carton qty.

DM-PRO

DM-PRO - zinc plated

DfM2110500 M6 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M6 25 100 1600

DfM211055s M8 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M8 30 50 800

DfM2110550 M8 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M8 30 100 800

DfM211060s M10 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M10 40 50 800

DfM2110600 M10 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M10 40 100 800

DfM211065s M12 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M12 50 50 400

DfM2110650 M12 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M12 50 100 400

DfM2110700 M16 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated M16 65 25 100

DfM2110750 M20 Drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M20 80 25 100

*eTa listing does not cover DM-PRo size M6 and M20

DM-LIP-PRO - zinc plated

DM-LIP-PRO

DfM2110000 M6 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M6 25 100 1600

DfM211010s M8 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M8 30 50 800

DfM2110100 M8 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M8 30 100 800

DfM211015s M10 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M10 40 50 800

DfM2110150 M10 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M10 40 100 800

DfM211020s M12 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M12 50 50 400

DfM2110200 M12 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M12 50 100 400

DfM2110300 M16 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated M16 65 25 100

DfM2110250 M20 lipped drop-in anchor - zinc plated* M20 80 25 100

*eTa listing does not cover DM-lIP-PRo size M6 and M20

DM-SS-PRO - A4 stainless steel

DM-SS-PRO

DfM2120000 M6 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss* M6 25 100 1600

DfM2120050 M8 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss M8 30 100 800

DfM2120100 M10 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss M10 40 100 800

DfM2120150 M12 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss M12 50 100 400

DfM2120200 M16 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss M16 65 25 100

DfM2120250 M20 Drop-in anchor - a4 ss* M20 80 25 100

*eTa listing does not cover DM-ss-PRo sizes M6 and M20

Setting Tool for drop-in anchors

Art. no. Type Box

qty. Carton

qty.

SETTING TOOL

DfM2100010 M6 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100060 M8 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100110 M10 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100160 M12 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100210 M16 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100260 M20 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

Setting Tool with Safety Grip for drop-in anchors

Art. no. Type Box

qty. Carton

qty.

SETTING TOOL WITH SAFETY GRIP

DfM2100000 M6 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100050 M8 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100100 M10 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100150 M12 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100200 M16 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

DfM2100250 M20 Drop-in setting tool 1 -

Page 40: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

38

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

ASSEMBLY

Hex Head With formed Washer

screw With Dual Thread

Taper Tip

Pan Head

Dome Head

countersunk

VERSIONSHex Head*, Dome Head*, Pan Head* & counter sunk*

carbon steel, Zinc Plated

APPROVALS• eTa-12/0607 (*eTa only valid on

M10, 12 and 16)

GENERAL INFORMATION

BT (BLUE-TIP)Screw Bolt

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The blue-Tip is a heavy duty screw anchor with a finished hex head. The one piece design makes it easy to install and the preferred choice for fast, reliable anchoring and is also fully removable. This anchor is designed to resist structural and non-structural loading in cracked and uncracked concrete.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• consistent performance in high and low strength concrete

• nominal drill bit size is same as anchor denomination

• Quick and easy installation with a powered impact wrench

• special dust relief thread

• approved for two embedment depths

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 1 F120

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 41: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 39

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSINSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA

Notation UnitBT

BT10 BT12 BT16

anchor diameter d [mm] 9.7 11.6 15.2

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 16

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 12 14 19

nominal embedment depth 1 nominal embedment depth 2

hnom,1 hnom,2

[mm] [mm]

55 75

70 85

80 110

effective embedment depth 1 effective embedment depth 2

hef,1 hef,2

[mm] [mm]

40 57

51 64

57 83

Drill hole depth for hef,1 Drill hole depth for hef,2

h1,1 h1,2

[mm] [mm]

65 85

60 95

90 125

Minimum member thickness for hef,1 Minimum member thickness for hef,2

hmin,1 hmin,2

[mm] [mm]

105 115

125 125

145 165

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 60 90 110

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 60 90 110

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 17 19 23

hmin

hnom

d0

df

Sw

h1

tfix

L

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Remove dust and debris from the hole using a hand pump or compressed air.

3.) Select impact wrench and mount the screw anchor head into the hex socket.

4.) Drive the anchor through the fixture into the hole at least to the minimum required embedment depth and until the head of the anchor comes into contact with the fixture.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Page 42: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com40

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014M

ECHAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitBT

BT10 BT12 BT16

Steel failure

characteristic resistance nRk,s [kn] 56.0 78.5 140.4

Partial safety factor gMs [-] 1.4

Pullout failure

Cracked concrete

characteristic resistance (hef,1) nRk,p [kn] 3 4 7.5

characteristic resistance (hef,2) nRk,p [kn] 6 5 12

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 2.12) 1.83)

Uncracked concrete

characteristic resistance (hef,1) nRk,p [kn] 7.5 12 16

characteristic resistance (hef,2) nRk,p [kn] 12 16 25

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 2.12) 1.83)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.15

c40/50 cc [-] 1.27

c50/60 cc [-] 1.36

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing (hef,1) scr,n,1 [mm] 120 154 172

characteristic spacing (hef,2) scr,n,2 [mm] 171 192 248

characteristic edge distance (hef,1) ccr,n,1 [mm] 60 77 86

characteristic edge distance (hef,2) ccr,n,2 [mm] 86 96 124

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 2.12) 1.83)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing (hef,1) scr,sp,1 [mm] 120 154 172

characteristic spacing (hef,2) scr,sp,2 [mm] 171 192 248

characteristic edge distance (hef,1) ccr,sp,1 [mm] 60 77 86

characteristic edge distance (hef,2) ccr,sp,2 [mm] 86 96 124

Partial safety factor gMsp

1) [-] 2.12) 1.83)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.15

c40/50 cc [-] 1.27

c50/60 cc [-] 1.36

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) The partial safety factor g2 = 1.4 is included

3) The partial safety factor g2 = 1.2 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 43: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 41

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSSHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTH

According to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitBT

BT10 BT12 BT16

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

characteristic resistance VRk,s [kn] 27.0 35.8 55.1

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

characteristic resistance M0Rk,s [nm] 77 128 306

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.6) of eTaG 001 annex c for hef,1 k1 [-] 1 1 2

factor in equation (5.6) of eTaG 001 annex c for hef,2 k2 [-] 1 2 2

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.5

Edge failure

effective length of anchor for hef,1 lf,1 [mm] 40.0 51.4 57.2

effective length of anchor for hef,2 lf,2 [mm] 57.0 64.1 82.7

outside diameter of anchor dnom [mm] 10 12 16

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) The partial safety factor g2 = 1.0 is included

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the tables below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• for cracked concrete, splitting failure is not considered assuming that a reinforcement is present which limits the crack width to 0.3 mm.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

BT10Embedment Depth 1

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 40.0

Member thickness h [mm] 105

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60 60 60 60 60

anchor spacing s [mm] - 60 120 60 120 - 60 120 60 120

nRd [kn] 1.4 2.9 2.9 5.7 5.7 1.4 2.9 2.9 5.7 5.7

fRd45° [kn] 2.0 3.7 3.9 6.8 7.9 1.8 3.2 3.4 4.7 5.3

VRd [kn] 6.1 9.1 12.1 13.7 24.3 4.1 5.5 6.9 5.5 6.9

nRd [kn] 3.6 7.1 7.1 13.7 14.3 3.6 7.1 7.1 13.7 14.3

fRd45° [kn] 4.3 7.8 8.5 13.5 17.1 3.8 6.3 7.0 8.4 9.8

VRd [kn] 8.5 12.8 17.0 19.1 34.0 5.8 7.7 9.7 7.7 9.7

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 44: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

42

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

BT10Embedment Depth 2

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 57.0

Member thickness h [mm] 115

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60 60 60 60 60

anchor spacing s [mm] - 60 171 60 171 - 60 171 60 171

nRd [kn] 2.9 5.7 5.7 11.4 11.4 2.9 5.7 5.7 10.9 11.4

fRd45° [kn] 3.8 6.9 7.6 12.1 15.2 2.9 4.9 5.8 6.4 8.3

VRd [kn] 10.3 14.0 20.7 18.8 41.3 4.4 5.8 8.5 5.8 8.5

nRd [kn] 5.7 11.4 11.4 18.8 22.9 5.7 10.8 11.4 15.3 22.9

fRd45° [kn] 7.0 12.2 13.9 18.7 27.8 5.0 7.9 9.9 9.1 13.4

VRd [kn] 14.5 19.5 28.9 26.4 57.8 6.2 8.2 12.0 8.2 12.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

BT12Embedment Depth 1

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 51.4

Member thickness h [mm] 125

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 90 90 90 90 90

anchor spacing s [mm] - 90 154 90 154 - 90 154 90 154

nRd [kn] 1.9 3.8 3.8 7.6 7.6 1.9 3.8 3.8 7.6 7.6

fRd45° [kn] 2.7 5.1 5.3 9.6 10.6 2.6 4.6 4.9 7.3 7.8

VRd [kn] 8.8 14.0 17.7 22.2 35.4 7.3 9.7 11.5 9.7 11.5

nRd [kn] 5.7 11.4 11.4 22.2 22.9 5.7 11.4 11.4 22.2 22.9

fRd45° [kn] 6.6 12.3 13.3 22.0 26.5 6.2 10.6 11.4 14.4 16.1

VRd [kn] 12.4 19.6 24.8 31.1 49.5 10.3 13.8 16.2 13.8 16.2

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

BT12Embedment Depth 2

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 64.1

Member thickness h [mm] 125

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 90.0 90 90 90 90

anchor spacing s [mm] - 90 192 90 192 - 90 192 90 192

nRd [kn] 2.4 4.8 4.8 9.5 9.5 2.4 4.8 4.8 9.5 9.5

fRd45° [kn] 3.4 6.7 6.7 13.5 13.5 3.1 5.5 5.9 8.3 9.3

VRd [kn] 23.9 35.9 47.7 52.7 95.5 7.6 10.1 13.0 10.1 13.0

nRd [kn] 7.6 15.2 15.2 26.4 30.5 7.6 15.2 15.2 24.9 30.5

fRd45° [kn] 9.8 19.6 19.6 33.0 39.2 7.6 12.5 14.1 15.4 19.4

VRd [kn] 23.9 47.7 47.7 73.8 95.5 10.7 14.3 18.3 14.3 18.3

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 45: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 43

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RS

BT16Embedment Depth 1

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 57.2

Member thickness h [mm] 145

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 110 110 110 110 110

anchor spacing s [mm] - 110 171 110 171 - 110 171 110 171

nRd [kn] 4.2 8.3 8.3 16.7 16.7 4.2 8.3 8.3 16.7 16.7

fRd45° [kn] 5.9 11.4 11.8 21.8 23.6 5.0 8.7 9.1 12.5 13.4

VRd [kn] 20.8 34.1 41.5 55.9 83.1 9.9 13.1 15.0 13.1 15.0

nRd [kn] 8.9 17.8 17.8 32.6 35.6 8.9 17.8 17.8 32.6 35.6

fRd45° [kn] 11.6 22.0 23.1 39.1 46.2 9.2 15.4 16.4 20.1 22.5

VRd [kn] 29.1 47.7 58.1 78.3 116.3 13.9 18.6 21.1 18.6 21.1

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

BT16Embedment Depth 2

C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 82.7

Member thickness h [mm] 165

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 110 110 110 110 110

anchor spacing s [mm] - 110 248 110 248 - 110 248 110 248

nRd [kn] 6.7 13.3 13.3 26.7 26.7 6.7 13.3 13.3 26.7 26.7

fRd45° [kn] 9.4 18.0 18.9 33.4 37.7 7.1 12.0 13.5 16.3 19.2

VRd [kn] 36.1 52.1 72.2 75.2 144.3 11.2 15.0 19.7 15.0 19.7

nRd [kn] 13.9 27.8 27.8 43.9 55.6 13.9 27.7 27.8 40.7 55.6

fRd45° [kn] 17.1 34.1 34.2 52.6 68.4 12.6 20.3 23.6 23.6 31.4

VRd [kn] 36.7 72.9 73.5 105.3 146.9 15.8 21.1 27.8 21.1 27.8

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

1

Part no. Designation Material Protection

1 screw bolt special hardened c-steel Zinc plated 5 µm

Page 46: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

44

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

ORDERING INFORMATION

Art. no. Type Dia. Length

[mm]Max. tfix

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

BT (M6-M8)

BT (M10-M16)

BT (Blue-Tip) Screw anchor - zinc plated

DfM1410000 5x50 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø5 50 15 100 800

DfM1410030 6x30 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø6 30 5 100 800

DfM1410050 6x50 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø6 50 15 100 800

DfM141007s 6x60 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø6 60 25 50 400

DfM1410070 6x60 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø6 60 25 100 800

DfM1410090 6x80 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø6 80 35 50 400

DfM141011s 6x100 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø6 100 55 50 400

DfM1410130 6x120 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø6 120 75 100 400

DfM1410180 8x50 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø8 50 5 50 400

DfM1410210 8x75 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø8 75 10 50 200

DfM141024s 8x100 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø8 100 35 25 100

DfM1410240 8x100 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated* Ø8 100 35 50 200

DfM1410280 10x60 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 60 5 50 200

DfM141032s 10x75 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 75 20 25 200

DfM1410320 10x75 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 75 20 50 200

DfM141036s 10x100 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 100 45 25 100

DfM1410360 10x100 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 100 45 50 200

DfM1410430 10x120 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 120 65 25 100

DfM1410450 10x140 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 140 85 25 100

DfM1410480 10x160 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 160 105 20 80

DfM1410510 10x200 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 200 145 20 80

DfM1410540 10x240 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 240 185 20 80

DfM1410580 10x280 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø10 280 225 20 80

DfM1410650 12x75 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø12 75 5 25 100

DfM1410680 12x100 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø12 100 30 25 100

DfM1410710 12x150 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø12 150 80 20 80

DfM1410770 16x100 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø16 100 20 20 80

DfM1410800 16x130 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø16 130 50 10 40

DfM1410830 16x150 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø16 150 70 10 40

DfM1410860 16x200 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø16 200 120 10 40

DfM1410890 16x240 Hex head screw bolt - zinc plated Ø16 240 160 10 40

*eTa listing does not cover size Ø5, Ø6 and Ø8

Page 47: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 45

TECH

MAN

UAL

– M

ECHA

NiCA

L AN

CHor

s ©

2014

DeW

ALT

VoL

UME

1 6/

2014

orDEriNg iNforMATioN

Mec

han

ical

an

cho

rsArt.

no. Type Dia. Length [mm]

Max. tfix[mm]

Box qty.

Carton qty.

BT-DOME

BT (Blue-Tip) Screw anchor - Dome

DfM1420000 6x40 Dome head screw bolt* Ø6 40 10 100 800

DfM1420030 6x50 Dome head screw bolt* Ø6 50 15 100 800

* ETA Listing does not cover BT-Dome head

Art. no. Type Dia. Length

[mm]Max. tfix

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

BT-PAN

BT (Blue-Tip) Screw anchor - Dome

DfM1420090 6 x 45 Pan head screw bolt* Ø6 45 10 100 800

* ETA Listing does not cover BT-Pan head

Art. no. Type Dia. Length

[mm]Max. tfix

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

BT-CSK

BT (Blue-Tip) Screw anchor - Countersunk

DfM1420330 6x100 CsK head screw bolt* Ø6 100 55 50 200

DfM1420420 8x100 CsK head screw bolt* Ø8 100 35 50 200

DfM1420480 10x75 CsK head screw bolt Ø10 75 15 50 200

DfM1420510 10x100 CsK head screw bolt Ø10 100 45 50 200

DfM1420570 12x100 CsK head screw bolt Ø12 100 30 25 100

DfM1420600 12x150 CsK head screw bolt Ø12 150 80 20 80

* ETA Listing does not cover BT-CsK size Ø6 and Ø8

Page 48: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com46

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014M

ECHAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

ASSEMBLY

VERSIONSInternal Threaded

carbon steel, Zinc Plated

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0054

GENERAL INFORMATION

SnakeInternal Threaded Self Tapping Screw Anchor

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The snake anchor is an internally threaded, self-tapping screw anchor designed for consistent performance in uncracked and cracked concrete. This together with its easy installation by a power tool makes the snake anchor the first choice for overhead applications otherwise carried out by drop-in anchors. after installation any kind of steel element can be threaded in. The snake anchor is fully removable.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Internal threaded sleeve concrete screw

• easy installation with impact torque wrench, perfect for overhead applications

• anchor can be removed after installation

• Perfect replacement for drop-in anchors particularly for cracked concrete applications

• Delivered with special drill bit and setting tool

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 1 F120

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 49: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 47

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSINSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA

Notation UnitSnake

M8 M10

anchor diameter d [mm] 12.7 12.7

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 12.7 (1/2”) 12.7 (1/2”)

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12

nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] 41 41

effective embedment depth hef [mm] 28 28

Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 50 50

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 100 100

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 80 80

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 80 80

Maximum torque threaded rod Tmax,tr [nm] 10 10

Maximum torque impact wrench Tmax,iw [nm] 185 468

h1

Tmax, tr

df

d0

hmin

hnom

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Remove dust and debris from the hole using a hand pump or compressed air.

3.) Attach the Snake setting tool to an impact wrench, mount the anchor onto the setting tool.

4.) Drive the anchor until the tool comes into contact with the surface of the base material.

5.) Insert threaded rod or bolt.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Page 50: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com48

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014M

ECHAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitSnake

M8 M10

Steel failure

characteristic resistance nRk,s [kn] 15.4 24.4

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.48

Pullout failure

Cracked concrete

characteristic resistance nRk,p [kn] 3.0 3.0

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 1.82)

Uncracked concrete

characteristic resistance nRk,p [kn] 5.0 5.0

Partial safety factor gMp

1) [-] 1.82)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.22

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 84 84

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 42 42

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.82)

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.82)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 160 160

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 80 80

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.82)

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.82)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.22

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.2 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages. The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 51: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 49

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

MEC

HAN

ICAL

AN

CHO

RSSHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTH

According to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

Notation UnitSnake

M8 M10

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

characteristic resistance VRk,s [kn] 7.7 12.2

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

characteristic resistance M0Rk,s [nm] 16.0 31.0

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.6) of eTaG 001 annex c k [-] 1 1

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

effective length of anchor lf [mm] 31.8 31.8

outside diameter of anchor dnom [mm] 12.7 12.7

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2 = 1.0 is included

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to ETAG 001 Annex C Method A.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the tables below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• for cracked concrete, splitting failure is not considered assuming that a reinforcement is present which limits the crack width to 0.3 mm.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

M8 C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 28.0

Member thickness h [mm] 100

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] - 80 84 80 84 - 80 84 80 84

nRd [kn] 1.7 3.3 3.3 6.7 6.7 1.7 3.3 3.3 6.7 6.7

fRd45° [kn] 1.9 3.8 3.9 7.6 7.7 1.9 3.8 3.9 5.9 6.0

VRd [kn] 3.6 6.9 7.1 13.6 14.2 3.6 6.9 7.1 7.4 7.5

nRd [kn] 2.8 5.6 5.6 11.1 11.1 2.8 5.6 5.6 11.1 11.1

fRd45° [kn] 3.0 6.0 6.1 11.9 12.1 3.0 6.0 6.1 9.1 9.2

VRd [kn] 5.0 9.7 10.0 19.0 19.9 5.0 9.7 10.0 10.4 10.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 52: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

50

TecH ManUal – M

ecHanIcal ancHoRs ©2014 D

eWalT VolUM

e 1 6/2014

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

www.DEWALT.com

MEC

HAN

ICAL A

NCHO

RS

M10 C20/25

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 28.0

Member thickness h [mm] 100

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] - 80 84 80 84 - 80 84 80 84

nRd [kn] 1.7 3.3 3.3 6.7 6.7 1.7 3.3 3.3 6.7 6.7

fRd45° [kn] 1.9 3.8 3.9 7.6 7.7 1.9 3.8 3.9 5.9 6.0

VRd [kn] 3.6 6.9 7.1 13.6 14.2 3.6 6.9 7.1 7.4 7.5

nRd [kn] 2.8 5.6 5.6 11.1 11.1 2.8 5.6 5.6 11.1 11.1

fRd45° [kn] 3.0 6.0 6.1 11.9 12.1 3.0 6.0 6.1 9.1 9.2

VRd [kn] 5.0 9.7 10.0 19.0 19.9 5.0 9.7 10.0 10.4 10.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.

The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

1

Part no. Designation Material Protection

1 Internal threaded screw c-steel type c10b21, hardened Zinc plated 5 µm

ORDERING INFORMATIONAnchor

Art. no. Type Dia.

[mm]Length [mm]

Box qty.

Carton qty.

SNAKE

Snake - zinc plated

DfM2310050 snake internal threaded M8 anchor kit M8 31 50 400

DfM2310000 snake internal threaded M10 anchor kit M10 31 50 400

DfM2310100 snake internal threaded M12 anchor kit* M12 42 50 200

*eTa listing does not cover snake size M12

Setting Tool

Art. no. Type Box

qty. Carton

qty.

SNAKE SETTING TOOL

DfM2300000 snake M8 setting tool 1 -

DfM2300050 snake M10 setting tool 1 -

DfM2300100 snake M12 setting tool 1 -

Page 53: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

TecH

Man

Ual

– M

ecHa

nIca

l an

cHoR

s ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

aDHesIVe ancHoR oVeRVIeW

www.DEWALT.com

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RSSECTION CONTENT

Injection Adhesive Systems

Vinylester:

ac100-PRo

epoxy:

Pure150-PRo

Pure110-PRo

Polyester:

PV50-PRo

PV45-PRo

Capsule Systems

sc-PRo

ADHESIVE ANCHOR OVERVIEW

adhesive anchors offer many advantages for applications requiring high load capacities yet not allowing mechanical expansion forces in the base material. adhesive systems also include the ability to be used with a variety of steel element materials.

The load transfer mechanism of adhesive anchors bases on bond formed by the adhesive between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole. The annular gap is completely filled with adhesive, sealing the anchor hole against weather. adhesive mortars consist of aggregates and binder in the form of unsaturated polyester, vinylester, vinylester with cement (hybrid systems) or epoxy. all adhesive types have different strengths and cost advantages.

adhesive systems are further classified according to their delivery method. Injection systems provide the adhesive in plastic cartridges which is mixed through a static mixer and dispensed into the drilled hole. sufficient cleaning of the drilled hole prior to installation of the anchor or reinforce-ment bar is of paramount importance. Capsule systems have the adhesive encapsulated in a glass capsule which is inserted into the drilled hole and mixed during anchor setting.

In europe and many other countries, adhesive anchors used for applications in concrete are designed according to the EOTA TR 029. adhesive anchors used for applications in masonry can be designed according to the ETAG 029 Annex C. adhesive rebar anchoring systems are designed in compliance with structural concrete design codes as the eurocode 2 en 1992-1-1.

51

Page 54: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com52

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

GENERAL INFORMATION

AC100-PROVinylester Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The ac100-PRo is a two-component vinylester adhesive anchoring system. The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The ac100-PRo is a versatile anchoring system designed for various applications as for bonding steel elements to cracked and uncracked concrete or masonry, as well as for post-installing reinforcement bars. The adhesive is suitable for a wide range of ambient temperatures and even for water filled holes.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

-10 C̊

40/24˚C

80/50˚C

120/72˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Designed for use with threaded rod, internal threaded sleeve or rebar

• consistent performance in uncracked and cracked concrete of variable strength

• Wide range of steel element diameter and embedment depth

• flexible fixture thicknesses

• simple installation

• Versatile low odor formula with quick curing time

• Wide range of base material and ambient temperatures

• cartridge design allows multiple uses using extra mixing nozzles

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 1 F120

A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC SEISMIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

ac100-PRo Vinylester

Threaded Rod

Reinforcement bar

GRADEScarbon steel 5.8

carbon steel 8.8

stainless steel a4

stainless steel HcR

Rebar fy = 400 to 600 MPa

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0258

• esR-2582

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

M8-M16 / Ø8-Ø16

M12-M30 / Ø12-Ø32

Page 55: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 53

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - THREADED ROD

Notation UnitAC100-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30 33

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 12 14 16 20 26 30 34 37

Minimum embedment and drill hole depth Maximum embedment and drill hole depth

hef,min = h1 hef,max = h1

[mm] [mm]

60 160

60 200

70 240

80 320

90 400

96 480

108 540

120 600

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 · d0

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150

Thickness of fixture tfix [mm] 0 mm ≤ tfix ≤ 1500 mm

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36 41 46

hmin

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION DATA - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Notation UnitAC100-PRO - Reinforcement bar

Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32

nominal diameter of rebar d0 [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32

nominal drill bit diameter dcut [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 37

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 26 34 37 40

Minimum embedment and drill hole depth Maximum embedment and drill hole depth

hef,min = h1 hef,max = h1

[mm] [mm]

60 160

60 200

70 240

75 280

80 320

90 400

100 480

112 540

128 640

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 · d0

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160

hef

d0

h1

Page 56: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com54

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

4X 4X 4X

e.g.

20˚C

45 mins.

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 4 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 4 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 4 times minimum.

5.) After dispensing a minimum of 3 strokes, fill the hole up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature prior to applying any load.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

≥ - 10°c 90 min 24 h

≥ - 5°c 90 min 14 h

≥ 0°c 45 min 7 h

≥ + 5°c 25 min 2 h

≥ + 10°c 15 min 80 min

≥ + 20°c 6 min 45 min

≥ + 30°c 4 min 25 min

≥ + 35°c 2 min 20 min

≥ + 40°c 1.5 min 15 min

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 57: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 55

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitThreaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Steel failure

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 nRk,s [kn] 18 29 42 78 122 176 230 280

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 nRk,s [kn] 29 46 67 125 196 282 368 449

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.50

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 nRk,s [kn] - - - - - - 230 281

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 nRk,s [kn] 26 41 59 110 171 247 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.87 2.86

Combined pullout and concrete failure

Characteristic resistance in cracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c tRk,cr [n/mm²] - - 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 6.5 6.5

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c tRk,cr [n/mm²] - - 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5

Temperature Range: 120°c / 72°c tRk,cr [n/mm²] - - 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5

Partial safety factor gMc = gMp

1) [-] - - 1.83)

Characteristic resistance in uncracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 9.5

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 8.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.0 8.0 7.0

Temperature Range: 120°c / 72°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0

Partial safety factor gMc = gMp

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.04

c40/50 cc [-] 1.08

c50/60 cc [-] 1.10

seismic reduction factor an,seis [-] - - 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.69 0.69 0.69

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 3.0·hef

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 1.5·hef

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMc

1) [-] - - 1.83)

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 2·ccr,sp

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 5·hef - 2·h but ≥ 1·hef and ≤ 2.4·hef

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] - - 1.83)

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.21

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.0 is included

3) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.2 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 58: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com56

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitThreaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 VRk,s [kn] 9 15 21 39 61 88 115 140

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 VRk,s [kn] 15 23 34 63 98 141 184 224

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 VRk,s [kn] - - - - - - 115 140

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 VRk,s [kn] 13 20 30 55 86 124 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56 2.38

seismic reduction factor aV,seis [-] - - 0.70

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 19 37 65 166 324 560 833 1123

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 30 60 105 266 519 896 1333 1797

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 M0Rk,s [nm] - - - - - - 832 1125

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 M0Rk,s [nm] 26 52 92 232 454 784 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56 2.38

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.7) of TR 029 k [-] 2

Partial safety factor gMcp

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 =1.0 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to EOTA TR 029.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the table below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• for cracked concrete, splitting failure is not considered assuming that a reinforcement is present which limits the crack width to 0.3 mm.

• Precalculated design resistance capacities are given for threaded rods only, values for internal sleeves and reinforcement bars can be found in the relevant approval documents.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

Page 59: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 57

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

Influence of steel grades

Instructions:

• The steel grade potentially influences the load capacity of the anchor. left table depicts ultimate steel strengths of threaded rods for given steel grades.

• The steel strength equals the load capacity of the anchor provided other failure modes, i.e. concrete failure or pullout failure, do not yield lower strengths and therefore do not control the anchor capacity.

• To determine the critical failure mode, the steel strength identified in left table has to be compared with the concrete and pullout strengths in the following tables.

Size Property 5.8 8.8 A4 / HCR

M8nRd [kn] 12.0 19.3 13.9

VRd [kn] 7.2 12.0 8.3

M10nRd [kn] 19.3 30.7 21.9

VRd [kn] 12.0 18.4 12.8

M12nRd [kn] 28.0 44.7 31.6

VRd [kn] 16.8 27.2 19.2

M16nRd [kn] 52.0 83.3 58.8

VRd [kn] 31.2 50.4 35.3

M20nRd [kn] 81.3 130.7 91.4

VRd [kn] 48.8 78.4 55.1

M24nRd [kn] 117.3 188.0 132.1

VRd [kn] 70.4 112.8 79.5

M27nRd [kn] 153.3 245.3 80.4

VRd [kn] 92.0 147.2 48.3

M30nRd [kn] 186.7 299.3 98.3

VRd [kn] 112.0 179.2 58.8

M8C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 80

Member thickness h [mm] 110

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 40 40 40 40 40

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 40 240 40 240 0 40 240 40 240

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 14.7 19.9 29.5 27.5 59.0 8.6 11.6 17.2 14.8 34.3

fRd45° [kn] 11.2 18.4 22.5 29.7 44.9 4.4 5.9 8.8 6.3 10.4

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 48.0 48.0 3.7 5.0 7.5 5.0 7.5

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 10.7 15.3 21.4 22.4 42.9 6.7 9.6 13.5 14.8 26.9

fRd45° [kn] 9.6 15.8 19.2 25.4 38.4 4.1 5.6 8.1 6.3 9.9

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 44.9 48.0 3.7 5.0 7.5 5.0 7.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M10C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 100

Member thickness h [mm] 130

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 50 50 50 50 50

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 50 300 50 300 0 50 300 50 300

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 22.7 28.7 45.4 37.0 90.8 12.7 14.3 21.0 16.7 42.7

fRd45° [kn] 17.2 27.4 34.5 41.8 69.0 6.5 8.2 12.2 8.6 14.8

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 73.6 73.6 5.5 7.3 10.9 7.3 10.9

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 16.6 22.7 33.2 31.9 66.3 10.0 13.6 20.0 16.7 39.9

fRd45° [kn] 14.8 23.8 29.6 37.7 59.2 6.0 8.1 12.0 8.6 14.6

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 73.6 73.6 5.5 7.3 10.9 7.3 10.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 60: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com58

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M12C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 120

Member thickness h [mm] 150

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60 60 60 60 60

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 60 360 60 360 0 60 360 60 360

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 13.8 18.8 27.6 26.4 55.3 7.8 10.6 15.5 15.9 31.0

fRd45° [kn] 15.6 22.6 31.1 31.7 62.2 5.3 7.2 10.7 8.3 13.4

VRd [kn] 27.2 45.2 54.4 63.4 108.8 5.3 7.1 10.6 7.1 10.6

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 10.1 14.3 20.1 21.1 40.2 6.0 8.6 12.1 13.6 24.2

fRd45° [kn] 12.0 17.2 24.1 25.3 48.2 4.8 6.6 9.6 7.9 12.5

VRd [kn] 24.1 34.4 48.3 50.6 96.5 5.3 7.1 10.6 7.1 10.6

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 32.7 40.3 65.3 50.2 130.7 17.0 18.8 27.6 22.0 56.2

fRd45° [kn] 25.2 39.3 50.4 58.3 100.8 8.8 11.0 16.5 11.6 20.0

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 108.8 108.8 7.5 10.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 23.9 32.2 47.8 44.6 95.5 14.4 18.8 27.6 22.0 56.2

fRd45° [kn] 21.6 34.3 43.2 53.5 86.3 8.3 11.0 16.5 11.6 20.0

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 107.1 108.8 7.5 10.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M16C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 160

Member thickness h [mm] 196

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 80 480 80 480 0 80 480 80 480

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 24.6 32.9 49.1 45.2 98.3 13.8 18.5 27.6 27.2 55.2

fRd45° [kn] 28.0 39.4 56.1 54.1 112.1 9.0 12.1 18.1 13.8 22.4

VRd [kn] 50.4 78.9 100.8 108.4 201.6 8.7 11.6 17.3 11.6 17.3

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 17.9 25.2 35.7 36.7 71.5 10.8 15.2 21.5 23.6 43.0

fRd45° [kn] 21.4 30.2 42.8 43.9 85.6 8.1 11.1 16.3 13.2 21.0

VRd [kn] 42.9 60.6 85.8 88.1 171.6 8.7 11.6 17.3 11.6 17.3

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 56.8 66.2 113.6 77.3 227.1 26.2 28.9 42.5 33.9 86.5

fRd45° [kn] 45.3 67.8 90.6 92.6 181.2 14.2 17.7 26.4 18.7 32.4

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 185.5 201.6 12.2 16.3 24.5 16.3 24.5

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 42.4 55.8 84.9 75.1 169.8 25.5 28.9 42.5 33.9 86.5

fRd45° [kn] 39.1 61.0 78.2 90.0 156.4 14.0 17.7 26.4 18.7 32.4

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 180.2 201.6 12.2 16.3 24.5 16.3 24.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 61: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 59

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M20C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 200

Member thickness h [mm] 248

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 100 100 100 100 100

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 100 600 100 600 0 100 600 100 600

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 38.4 50.4 76.8 68.0 153.6 21.6 28.3 43.1 40.9 86.2

fRd45° [kn] 43.7 60.4 87.5 81.4 175.0 13.6 18.0 27.1 20.3 33.3

VRd [kn] 78.4 121.0 156.8 163.1 313.6 12.7 16.9 25.4 16.9 25.4

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 27.9 39.0 55.9 56.2 111.7 16.8 23.5 33.6 36.2 67.2

fRd45° [kn] 33.5 46.7 66.9 67.3 133.8 12.3 16.7 24.6 19.6 31.3

VRd [kn] 67.0 93.7 134.0 134.8 268.1 12.7 16.9 25.4 16.9 25.4

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 79.4 92.6 158.7 108.0 317.4 36.6 40.4 59.4 47.3 120.9

fRd45° [kn] 66.9 98.8 133.9 129.4 267.7 20.4 25.5 38.0 27.0 47.0

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 259.2 313.6 17.9 23.9 35.9 23.9 35.9

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 66.3 85.1 132.6 108.0 265.3 36.6 40.4 59.4 47.3 120.9

fRd45° [kn] 61.0 93.6 121.9 129.4 243.9 20.4 25.5 38.0 27.0 47.0

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 259.2 313.6 17.9 23.9 35.9 23.9 35.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M24C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 240

Member thickness h [mm] 296

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 120 120 120 120 120

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 120 720 120 720 0 120 720 120 720

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 55.3 71.7 110.6 95.3 221.2 31.6 41.0 63.2 58.0 126.3

fRd45° [kn] 63.0 85.9 125.9 114.1 251.9 19.0 25.1 38.0 28.1 46.2

VRd [kn] 112.8 172.2 225.6 228.6 451.2 17.4 23.2 34.7 23.2 34.7

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 40.2 55.8 80.4 79.8 160.8 24.5 34.0 49.0 52.0 98.0

fRd45° [kn] 48.2 66.9 96.3 95.6 192.7 17.3 23.4 34.5 27.2 43.5

VRd [kn] 96.5 134.0 193.0 191.5 386.0 17.4 23.2 34.7 23.2 34.7

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 104.3 121.7 208.6 142.0 417.2 48.1 53.1 78.1 62.2 158.9

fRd45° [kn] 92.0 134.2 183.9 170.1 367.9 27.6 34.3 51.1 36.4 63.6

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 340.8 451.2 24.5 32.7 49.0 32.7 49.0

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 90.5 115.6 181.0 142.0 361.9 48.1 53.1 78.1 62.2 158.9

fRd45° [kn] 85.2 129.7 170.4 170.1 340.8 27.6 34.3 51.1 36.4 63.6

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 340.8 451.2 24.5 32.7 49.0 32.7 49.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 62: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com60

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M27C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 270

Member thickness h [mm] 334

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 135 135 135 135 135

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 135 810 135 810 0 135 810 135 810

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 82.7 102.1 165.4 120.8 330.8 47.4 55.3 94.8 69.1 192.5

fRd45° [kn] 89.9 122.4 179.7 145.0 359.5 24.9 31.8 49.8 34.1 59.1

VRd [kn] 147.2 245.1 294.4 289.9 588.8 21.3 28.3 42.5 28.3 42.5

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 57.3 78.4 114.5 110.1 229.0 35.9 49.2 71.8 69.1 143.6

fRd45° [kn] 68.6 93.9 137.2 131.9 274.4 22.7 30.5 45.3 34.1 55.7

VRd [kn] 137.4 188.1 274.8 264.2 549.7 21.3 28.3 42.5 28.3 42.5

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 124.5 145.2 248.9 169.4 497.9 57.3 63.3 93.2 74.2 189.6

fRd45° [kn] 114.5 165.0 228.9 202.9 457.8 33.4 41.6 61.9 44.1 77.4

VRd [kn] 147.2 294.4 294.4 406.6 588.8 30.0 40.0 60.0 40.0 60.0

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 101.8 133.2 203.6 169.4 407.2 57.3 63.3 93.2 74.2 189.6

fRd45° [kn] 102.1 155.6 204.2 202.9 408.5 33.4 41.6 61.9 44.1 77.4

VRd [kn] 147.2 294.4 294.4 406.6 588.8 30.0 40.0 60.0 40.0 60.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M30C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 300

Member thickness h [mm] 370

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 150 150 150 150 150

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 150 900 150 900 0 150 900 150 900

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 102.1 121.2 204.2 141.5 408.4 55.5 64.8 111.1 81.0 245.8

fRd45° [kn] 110.4 145.5 220.8 169.8 441.5 29.6 37.8 59.3 40.6 71.6

VRd [kn] 179.2 291.0 358.4 339.5 716.8 25.5 33.9 50.9 33.9 50.9

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 70.7 97.0 141.4 136.3 282.7 45.9 62.9 91.7 81.0 183.5

fRd45° [kn] 84.7 116.2 169.4 163.3 338.7 27.8 37.4 55.6 40.6 67.6

VRd [kn] 169.6 232.8 339.3 327.2 678.6 25.5 33.9 50.9 33.9 50.9

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 145.8 170.1 291.6 198.4 583.1 67.2 74.2 109.1 86.9 222.0

fRd45° [kn] 136.4 195.7 272.8 237.7 545.7 39.7 49.4 73.6 52.4 92.2

VRd [kn] 179.2 358.4 358.4 476.2 716.8 35.9 47.9 71.9 47.9 71.9

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 110.0 148.0 219.9 198.4 439.8 67.2 74.2 109.1 86.9 222.0

fRd45° [kn] 115.6 177.3 231.3 237.7 462.6 39.7 49.4 73.6 52.4 92.2

VRd [kn] 179.2 355.2 358.4 476.2 716.8 35.9 47.9 71.9 47.9 71.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 63: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 61

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - THREADED ROD

231

Part no. Designation Material

Carbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Carbon steel 8.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8.8, Rm = 800 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 640 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571; strength class 50, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 210 MPa (for > M24)strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2= 450 MPa (for ≤ M24)

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571; strength class 50 (for > M24); strength class 70 (for ≤ M24)

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571

Stainless steel HCR

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 50, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2= 210 MPa (for > M24)strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2p 0.2 = 450 MPa (for ≤ M24)

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 50 (for > M24); strength class 70 (for ≤ M24)

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1 Class B Class C

characteristic yield strength fyk or f0.2k [MPa] 400 to 600

Minimum value of k = (ft / fy)k [-] ≥ 1.08 ≥ 1.15 < 1.35

characteristic strain at maximum force euk [%] ≥ 5.0 ≥ 7.5

bendability bend/Rebend test

Maximum deviation from nominal mass [%] ± 6.0 for nominal bar size ≤ 8 mm ; ± 4.5 for nominal bar size > 8 mm

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.2N Class B Class C

Minimum value of related rib area fR,min 0.040 for nominal bar size 8 mm to 12 mm; 0.056 for nominal bar size > 12 mm

Page 64: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com62

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

ORDERING INFORMATIONAC100-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1210200 150ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230050 410ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230100 300ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230000 360ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230150 825ml adhesive cartridge 1 8

AC100-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. no. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640350 adhesive mixing nozzle - white - 18 element - 10 -

Dfc1640450 adhesive mixing nozzle - black - 14 element - 10 -

MIXING NOZZLE AND EXTENSION

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610000 300ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 12

Dfc1610050 360ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1610100 410ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1610150 410ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1630250 410ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

Dfc1630000 825ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

DFC1610150

DFC1610050

DFC1610100

DFC1610100

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

Dfc1690000 adhesive piston plug #14 - Ø10 M12 10 100

Dfc1690050 adhesive piston plug #16 - Ø12 M14 10 100

Dfc1690150 adhesive piston plug #20 - Ø16 M18 10 100

Dfc1690250 adhesive piston plug #25 - Ø20 - 10 100

Dfc1690300 adhesive piston plug #28(27/29) - Ø22 M24 10 100

Dfc1690350 adhesive piston plug #32 - Ø24-25 M27 10 100

Dfc1690400 adhesive piston plug #35(34/36) - Ø28-32 M30 10 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

PISTON PLUG

Page 65: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 63

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4130150 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4130200 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4130250 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150150 a4 stainless steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4150200 a4 stainless steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4150250 a4 stainless steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Straight cut threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4170000 Hot dipped galvanized 110mm 10 M8 25 200

Dfc4170040 Hot dipped galvanized 130mm 12 M10 25 100

Dfc4170160 Hot dipped galvanized 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4170200 Hot dipped galvanized 190mm 18 M16 10 40

Dfc4170320 Hot dipped galvanized 260mm 24 M20 10 40

Dfc4170400 Hot dipped galvanized 290mm 28 M24 10 40

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

Page 66: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com64

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

ac100-PRo Vinylester

Threaded Rod

Plastic sleeve

GRADEScarbon steel 5.8

stainless steel a4

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0050

GENERAL INFORMATION

AC100-PROVinylester Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The ac100-PRo is a two-component vinylester adhesive anchoring system. The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The ac100-PRo is a versatile anchoring system designed for various applications and base materials including bonding steel elements to masonry made of solid and hollow bricks.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

+5˚C

40/24˚C

80/50˚C

120/72˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Designed for use with threaded rod

• Wide range of steel element diameter and embedment depth

• flexible fixture thicknesses

• simple installation

• Versatile low odor formula with quick curing time

• Wide range of base material and ambient temperatures

• cartridge design allows multiple uses using extra mixing nozzles

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 029 A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

Page 67: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 65

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - SOLID BRICKS, WITHOUT SLEEVE

Notation UnitSolid bricks, without sleeve

M8 M10 M12

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 12

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] ≤ 9 ≤ 12 ≤ 14

Diameter of nylon brush db [mm] ≥ 20 ≥ 20 ≥ 20

embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 90

bore hole depth h1 [mm] 85 95 95

Minimum spacing for solid bricks smin [mm] 50 50 50

Minimum edge distance for solid bricks cmin [mm] 50 50 50

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 2 2 2

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION DATA - SOLID AND HOLLOW BRICKS, WITH SLEEVE

Notation UnitSolid and hollow bricks, with sleeve

M8 M10 M12

sleeve type sH 13x100 sH 15x100 sH 15x100

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 14 16 16

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] ≤ 9 ≤ 12 ≤ 14

Diameter of nylon brush db [mm] ≥ 20 ≥ 20 ≥ 20

embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 90

length of sleeve ℓs [mm] 100 100 100

bore hole depth h1 [mm] 105 105 105

Minimum spacing for solid bricks smin [mm] 50 50 50

Minimum spacing for hollow bricks smin [mm] 100 100 100

Minimum edge distance for solid bricks cmin [mm] 50 50 50

Minimum edge distance for hollow brick cmin [mm] 100 100 100

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 2 2 2

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

Page 68: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com66

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

secTIon conTenTs

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - SOLID BRICKS, WITHOUT SLEEVE

2X 2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

45 mins.

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

5.) Fill the sleeve up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - SOLID BRICKS, WITHOUT SLEEVE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - SOLID AND HOLLOW BRICKS, WITH SLEEVE

2X 2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

45 mins.

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 2 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

5.) Insert the sleeve, required for hollow masonry, into the hole. Fill the sleeve up completely with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

+ 5°c to + 9°c 25 min 120 min

+ 10°c to + 19°c 15 min 80 min

+ 20°c to + 29°c 6 min 45 min

+ 30°c to + 34°c 4 min 25 min

+ 35°c to + 40°c 2 min 20 min

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 69: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 67

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

• The following tables are valid for specific brick types defined in the technical approval. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of this data.

• The values in the table below are characteristic values for the anchor resistance.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual. NV

s

c

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 029 Annex C Method A.

Brick type, density and compressive strength Notation Unit

Anchor rodM8 M10 M12

Failure of metal part / Pullout failure of anchor / Brick breakout failure / Pullout of one brick

solid sand-lime brickr ≥ 1.8 kg/dm³fb ≥ 8 MPa

With

out s

leev

e

characteristic resistance in dry/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 4.0 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 3.0characteristic resistance in wet/wet2) and wet/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 3.0 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 2.5

With

sle

eve

sH

characteristic resistance in dry/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 5.0 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 4.5characteristic resistance in wet/wet2) and wet/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 4.5 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 3.5characteristic spacing scr [mm] 160

solid clay brickr ≥ 1.8 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa

With

out s

leev

e

characteristic resistance in dry/dry2) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk1) [kn] 4.0

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk1) [kn] 3.0

characteristic resistance in wet/wet2) and wet/dry2 ) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 3.5 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 3.0

With

sle

eve

sH

characteristic resistance in dry/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 3.5 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 3.0characteristic resistance in wet/wet2) and wet/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 3.5 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 2.5characteristic spacing scr [mm] 160

Hollow sand-lime brickr ≥ 1.2 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa

With

sle

eve

sH

characteristic resistance in dry/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 2.5 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 2.5characteristic resistance in wet/wet2) and wet/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 2.0 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 2.0

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 498

Hollow clay brickr ≥ 0.8 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa

With

sle

eve

sH

characteristic resistance in dry/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 2.0 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 2.0characteristic resistance in wet/wet2) and wet/dry2) concrete Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c nRk

1) [kn] 2.0 Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c nRk

1) [kn] 2.0

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 373

Partial safety factor gM

3) [-] 2.5

Reduction factor in case of unfilled or not visible vertical joints aj [-] 0.75

1) nRk,p = nRk,b = nRk,pb = nRk,s = nRk

2) Installation/Use

3) In absence of other national regulations

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 70: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com68

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 029 Annex C Method A.

Brick type, density and compressive strength Notation Unit

Anchor rodM8 M10 M12

Failure of metal part, shear load without lever arm / Local brick failure / Brick edge failure

solid sand-lime brickr ≥ 1.8 kg/dm³fb ≥ 8 MPa

With

out s

leev

e

characteristic resistance in dry/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,2) [kn] 4.0

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.0

characteristic resistance in wet/wet4) and wet/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.0

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,2) [kn] 2.5

With

sle

eve

sH

characteristic resistance in dry/dry4)) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,2) [kn] 5.0

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,2) [kn] 4.5

characteristic resistance in wet/wet4) and wet/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,2) [kn] 4.5

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.5

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 160

solid clay brickr ≥ 1.8 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa

With

out s

leev

e

characteristic resistance in dry/dry4)) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,2) [kn] 4.0

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.0

characteristic resistance in wet/wet4) and wet/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.5

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.0

With

sle

eve

sH

characteristic resistance in dry/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.5

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.0

characteristic resistance in wet/wet4) and wet/dry4)) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,2) [kn] 3.5

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,2) [kn] 2.5

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 160

Hollow sand-lime brickr ≥ 1.2 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa

With

sle

eve

sH

characteristic resistance in dry/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,3) [kn] 2.0

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,3) [kn] 2.0

characteristic resistance in wet/wet4) and wet/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,3) [kn] 1.5

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,3) [kn] 1.5

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 498

Hollow clay brickr ≥ 0.8 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa

With

sle

eve

sH

characteristic resistance in dry/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,3) [kn] 2.0

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,3) [kn] 2.0

characteristic resistance in wet/wet4) and wet/dry4) concrete

Temperature Range: 40˚c / 24˚c VRk1,3) [kn] 2.0

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c VRk1,3) [kn] 2.0

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 373

Partial safety factor gM

5) [-] 2.5

Failure of metal part, shear load with lever arm Carbon steelcharacteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 MRk,s [nm] 19

Partial safety factor gMs,v

5) [-] 1.25

Stainless steelcharacteristic resistance, strength class 70 MRk,s [nm] 26

Partial safety factor gMs,v

5) [-] 1.56

1) VRk,b = VRk,s = VRk

2 ) VRk,c = 0.45 (d0)0.5 (hef / d0)0.2 (fb)0.5 c11.5; c1 = edge distance closest to the edge in loading direction

3 ) VRk,c = VRk

4) Installation/Use

5 ) In absence of other national regulations

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 71: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 69

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

231

Threaded Rod

Part No. Designation Material

Carbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 µm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 µm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm; Hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571; strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 450 MPa

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571; strength class 70

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571

ORDERING INFORMATIONAC100-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1210200 150ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230050 410ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230100 300ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230000 360ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230150 825ml adhesive cartridge 1 8

AC100-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. no. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640350 adhesive mixing nozzle - white - 18 element - 10 -

Dfc1640450 adhesive mixing nozzle - black - 14 element - 10 -

MIXING NOZZLE AND EXTENSION

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610000 300ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 12

Dfc1610050 360ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1610100 410ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1610150 410ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1630250 410ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

Dfc1630000 825ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

DFC1610150

DFC1610050

DFC1610100

DFC1610100

Page 72: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

70

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

www.DeWalT.com

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Anchor

dia.Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - 1 -

Dfc1660000 nylon brush drill hole cleaner 8 - 10 - 1 100

Dfc1660050 nylon brush drill hole cleaner 10 - 14 - 1 100

Dfc1660100 nylon brush drill hole cleaner 16 - 28 - 1 100

Dfc4720000 13mmx100mm PRo plastic sleeve (ac100PRo) - M8 10 -

Dfc4720050 15mmx100mm PRo plastic sleeve (ac100PRo) - M10 - M12 10 -

Dfc4730000 11 x 1000 mesh sleeve - M8 1 10

Dfc4730050 15 x 1000 mesh sleeve - M10 - M12 1 10

Dfc4730100 20 x 1000 mesh sleeve - M16 - M18 1 10

BLOW PUMP

NYLON BRUSHES

PLASTIC SLEEVE

PRO PLASTIC SLEEVE

MESH SLEEVE

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Straight cut threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4170000 Hot dipped galvanized 110mm 10 M8 25 200

Dfc4170040 Hot dipped galvanized 130mm 12 M10 25 100

Dfc4170160 Hot dipped galvanized 160mm 14 M12 10 100

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

Page 73: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 71

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

ac100-PRo Vinylester

Reinforcement bar

GRADESfy = 400 to 600 MPa

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0316

GENERAL INFORMATION

AC100-PROVinylester Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The ac100-PRo is a two-component vinylester adhesive anchoring system. The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The ac100-PRo is a versatile anchoring system designed for various applications and base materials. It is also very suitable for bonding rebar to concrete as post-installed reinforcement application.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Designed for use with reinforcement bars of internationally common grades

• consistent performance in uncracked and cracked concrete

• flexible anchorage lengths of up to 2000 mm

• simple installation

• Versatile low odor formula with quick curing time

• applicable for wide range of ambient temperatures

• cartridge design allows multiple uses using extra mixing nozzles

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

EOTA TR 23 F180

REBARCONNECTIONS

A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

Page 74: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

72

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

www.DeWalT.com

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - POST INSTALLED REBAR

Notation UnitPost-installed reinforcement bar

Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø22 Ø24 Ø25

Diameter of reinforcement bar ds [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 24 25

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 25 28 32 32

Diameter of brush db [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 27 30 34 34

embedment depth ℓv [mm] as given below

Minimum spacingsmin

Minimum concrete cover cmin

Drilling method Rebar diameter Without drilling aid With drilling aid

≥ 5 ds≥ 50 mm

Hammer drilling< 25 mm 30 mm + 0.06 · ℓv ≥ 2 ds 30 mm + 0.02 · ℓv ≥ 2 ds

= 25 mm 40 mm + 0.06 · ℓv ≥ 2 ds 40 mm + 0.02 · ℓv ≥ 2 ds

compressed air drilling< 25 mm 50 mm + 0.08 · ℓv 50 mm + 0.02 · ℓv

= 25 mm 60 mm + 0.08 · ℓv 60 mm + 0.02 · ℓv

hef

d0

h1

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

0°c to + 4°c 45 min 7 h

+ 5°c to + 9°c 25 min 2 h

+ 10°c to + 19°c 15 min 80 min

+ 20°c to + 24°c 6 min 45 min

+ 25°c to + 29°c 4 min 25 min

+ 30°c to + 40°c 2.5 min 15 min

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

4X 4X 4X

e.g.

20˚C

45 mins.

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 4 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 4 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 4 times minimum.

5.) Fill the hole up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the rebar into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature prior to applying any load.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Page 75: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 73

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

• The following information is meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of the data.

• Reinforcement bars installed by ac100-PRo adhesive proved as good as cast-in reinforcement bars. for this reason their design complies with the concrete design approach which basically determines the anchorage length required to transfer a given design load from the reinforcement bar into the concrete.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual and to the respective design codes.

ANCHORAGE LENGTH

basic anchorage length: (en 1992-1-1 section 8.4.3)

ℓb,rqd = (ø / 4) x (ssd / fbd) with:

ø = diameter of the rebar ssd = calculated design stress of the rebar

fbd = design value of bond strength

Basic design value of bond strength fbd for various concrete strength classes [MPa] (valid for good bond conditons)

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C49/59 C45/55 C50/60

1.6 2.0 2.3 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3

Reduction factor for poor bond condition as defined in en 1992-1-1 section 8.4.2: h = 0.7

Design anchorage lengthAnchorage (EN 1992-1-1 Section 8.4.4)

Design anchorage lengthOverlap joint (EN 1992-1-1 Section 8.7.3)

ℓb,d = ℓv

ℓb,d = ℓv

ℓvℓ0

ℓb,d = ℓv

ℓb,d = a

1 a

2 a

3 a

4 a

5 ℓb,rqd ≥ ℓb,min

a1 = 1.0 (straight bars)

a2 = 1 – 0.15 (cd –Ø) / Ø ≥ 0.7

≤ 1.0

cd = min{s/2; c}

a3 = 1.0 (no transverse reinforcement)

a4 = 1.0 (no welding)

a5 = 1 – 0.04p ≥ 0.7

≤ 1.0p = ultimate transverse pressure

ℓb,min = max {0.3 ℓb,rqd ; 10 Ø; 100 mm} under tension = max {0.6 ℓb,rqd ; 10 Ø; 100 mm} under compression

ℓb,d = ℓo

ℓo = a

1 a

2 a

3 a

5 a

6 ℓb,rqd ≥ ℓ0,min

a1 = 1.0 (straight bars)

a2 = 1 – 0.15 (cd –Ø) / Ø ≥ 0.7

≤ 1.0

cd = min{s/2; c}

a3 = 1.0 (no transverse reinforcement)

a4 = 1 – 0.04p ≥ 0.7

≤ 1.5p = ultimate transverse pressure

a5 = (pt / 25) – 0.5 ≥ 1.0

≤ 1.5pt = lapped bar ratio

ℓ0,min = max {0.3 a6 ℓb,rqd ; 15 Ø; 200 mm} under tension

Page 76: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com74

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

LOAD CAPACITIES

C20/25fbd = 2.3 MPa fy = 500 MPa g

Ms = 1.15

Length [mm]

Post-installed reinforcement bar: anchorageInfluence of bond

conditionØ8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25

a1 = a2 = a3 = a4 = a5 = 1.0

bond condition: Good Poor

nRd [kn] 170 9.83 x 0.7

200 11.56 x 0.7

225 13.01 16.26 x 0.7

250 14.45 18.06 x 0.7

275 15.90 19.87 23.84 x 0.7

300 17.34 21.68 26.01 30.35 x 0.7

350 20.23 25.29 30.35 35.41 40.46 x 0.7

400 21.85 28.90 34.68 40.46 46.24 x 0.7

450 32.52 39.02 45.52 52.02 65.03 x 0.7

500 34.15 43.35 50.58 57.81 72.26 x 0.7

550 47.69 55.64 63.59 79.48 99.35 x 0.7

600 49.17 60.70 69.37 86.71 108.40 x 0.7

650 65.75 75.15 93.93 117.40 x 0.7

700 66.93 80.93 101.20 126.40 x 0.7

800 87.42 115.60 144.50 x 0.7

900 130.06 162.60 x 0.7

1000 136.60 180.60 x 0.7

1100 198.70 x 0.7

1200 213.40 x 0.7

nyd [kn] yield strength 21.85 34.15 49.17 66.93 87.42 136.60 213.40

C20/25fbd = 2.3 MPa fy = 500 MPa g

Ms = 1.15

Length [mm]

Post-installed reinforcement bar: overlap jointInfluence of bond

conditionØ8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25

a1 = a2 = a3 = a4 = a5 = 1.0

bond condition: Good Poor

nRd [kn] 200 11.56 14.45 17.34 x 0.7

225 13.01 16.26 19.51 22.76 x 0.7

250 14.45 18.06 21.68 25.29 28.90 x 0.7

275 15.90 19.87 23.84 27.82 31.79 x 0.7

300 17.34 21.68 26.01 30.35 34.68 43.35 x 0.7

350 20.23 25.29 30.35 35.41 40.46 50.58 x 0.7

400 21.85 28.90 34.68 40.46 46.24 57.81 72.25 x 0.7

450 32.52 39.02 45.52 52.02 65.03 81.29 x 0.7

500 34.15 43.35 50.58 57.81 72.26 90.32 x 0.7

550 47.69 55.64 63.59 79.48 99.35 x 0.7

600 49.17 60.70 69.37 86.71 108.40 x 0.7

650 65.75 75.15 93.93 117.40 x 0.7

700 66.93 80.93 101.20 126.50 x 0.7

800 87.42 115.60 144.50 x 0.7

900 130.10 162.60 x 0.7

1000 136.60 180.64 x 0.7

1100 198.70 x 0.7

1200 213.40 x 0.7

nyd [kn] yield strength 21.85 34.15 49.17 66.93 87.42 136.60 213.40

Page 77: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 75

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1 Class B Class C

characteristic yield strength fyk or f0.2k [MPa] 400 to 600

Minimum value of k = (ft / fy)k [-] ≥ 1.08 ≥ 1.15 < 1.35

characteristic strain at maximum force euk [%] ≥ 5.0 ≥ 7.5

bendability bend/Rebend test

Maximum deviation from nominal mass [%] ± 6.0 for nominal bar size ≤ 8 mm; ± 4.5 for nominal bar size > 8 mm

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.2N Class B Class C

Minimum value of related rib area fR,min 0.040 for nominal bar size 8 mm to 12 mm; 0.056 for nominal bar size > 12 mm

ORDERING INFORMATION

AC100-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1210200 150ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230050 410ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230100 300ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230000 360ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1230150 825ml adhesive cartridge 1 8

AC100-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. no. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640350 adhesive mixing nozzle - white - 18 element - 10 -

Dfc1640450 adhesive mixing nozzle - black - 14 element - 10 -

MIXING NOZZLE AND EXTENSION

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610000 300ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 12

Dfc1610050 360ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1610100 410ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1610150 410ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1630250 410ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

Dfc1630000 825ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

DFC1610150

DFC1610050

DFC1610100

DFC1610100

Page 78: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com76

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

Dfc1690000 adhesive piston plug #14 - Ø10 M12 10 100

Dfc1690050 adhesive piston plug #16 - Ø12 M14 10 100

Dfc1690150 adhesive piston plug #20 - Ø16 M18 10 100

Dfc1690250 adhesive piston plug #25 - Ø20 - 10 100

Dfc1690300 adhesive piston plug #28(27/29) - Ø22 M24 10 100

Dfc1690350 adhesive piston plug #32 - Ø24-25 M27 10 100

Dfc1690400 adhesive piston plug #35(34/36) - Ø28-32 M30 10 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

PISTON PLUG

Page 79: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 77

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Pure150-PRo epoxy

Threaded Rod

Reinforcement bar

GRADEScarbon steel 5.8

carbon steel 8.8

stainless steel a4

stainless steel HcR

Rebar fy = 400 to 600 MPa

APPROVALS• eTa-12/0605

• esR-2583

GENERAL INFORMATION

Pure15 0-PROEpoxy Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The Pure150-PRo is a two-component epoxy adhesive anchoring system. The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The Pure150-PRo is a high strength adhesive designed for bonding steel elements or post-installing reinforcement bars to cracked and uncracked concrete. The adhesive is suitable for a medium range of ambient temperatures but also for water filled holes.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

+5˚C

40/24˚C

72/43˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS• Designed for use with threaded rod, internal threaded sleeve or rebar• consistent performance in uncracked and cracked concrete of variable strength• Wide range of steel element diameter and embedment depth• simple installation and allows flexible fixture thicknesses• Versatile low odor formula with long working time• High strengths in medium range of ambient temperatures• cartridge design fits in popular competitor dispensers and allows multiple uses using

extra mixing nozzles

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 1 F120

A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC SEISMIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

Real-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 80: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com78

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - THREADED ROD

Notation UnitPure150-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30 33

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 12 14 16 20 26 30 34 37

Minimum embedment and drill hole depth Maximum embedment and drill hole depth

hef,min = h1 hef,max = h1

[mm] [mm]

60 160

60 200

70 240

80 320

90 400

96 480

108 540

120 600

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 · d0

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150

Thickness of fixture tfix [mm] 0 mm ≤ tfix ≤ 1500 mm

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36 41 46

hmin

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION DATA - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Notation UnitPure150-PRO - Reinforcement bar

Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32

nominal diameter of rebar d [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 37

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 26 34 37 40

Minimum embedment and drill hole depth Maximum embedment and drill hole depth

hef,min = h1 hef,max = h1

[mm] [mm]

60 160

60 200

70 240

75 280

80 320

90 400

100 480

112 540

128 640

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 · d0

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160

hef

d0

h1

Page 81: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 79

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

2X 2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

10 hr

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 2 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

5.) After dispensing a minimum of 3 strokes, fill the hole up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

≥ + 5°c 120 min 50 h

≥ + 10°c 90 min 30 h

≥ + 20°c 30 min 10 h

≥ + 30°c 20 min 6 h

≥ + 40°c 12 min 4 h

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 82: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com80

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPure150-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Steel failure

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 nRk,s [kn] 18 29 42 78 122 176 230 280

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 nRk,s [kn] 29 46 67 125 196 282 368 449

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.50

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 nRk,s [kn] - - - - - - 230 281

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 nRk,s [kn] 26 41 59 110 171 247 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.87 2.86

Combined pullout and concrete failure

Characteristic resistance in cracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c for hef≤12d tRk,cr [n/mm²] - - 7.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.5

Temperature Range: 72°c / 43°c for hef≤12d tRk,cr [n/mm²] - - 4.0 3.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

Partial safety factor gMc = gMp

1) [-] - - 1.82) 2.13)

Characteristic resistance in uncracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c for hef≤12d tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 15.0 15.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 12.0 12.0

Temperature Range: 72°c / 43°c for hef≤12d tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 8.5 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 7.0 6.5 6.5

Partial safety factor gMc = gMp

1) [-] 1.82) 2.13)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.04

c40/50 cc [-] 1.08

c50/60 cc [-] 1.10

seismic reduction factor an,seis [-] - - 0.92 0.95 0.95 1.0 1.0 1.0

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 3.0·hef

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 1.5·hef

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMc

1) [-] - - 1.82) 2.13)

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.82) 2.13)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 2·ccr,sp

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 5·hef - 2·h but ≥ 1·hef and ≤ 2.4·hef

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] - - 1.82) 2.13)

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.82) 2.13)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.21

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.2 is included

3) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.4 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 83: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 81

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPure150-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 VRk,s [kn] 9 15 21 39 61 88 115 140

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 VRk,s [kn] 15 23 34 63 98 141 184 224

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 VRk,s [kn] - - - - - - 115 140

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 VRk,s [kn] 13 20 30 55 86 124 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56 2.38

seismic reduction factor aV,seis [-] - - 0.70

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 19 37 65 166 324 560 833 1123

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 30 60 105 266 519 896 1333 1797

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 M0Rk,s [nm] - - - - - - 832 1125

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 M0Rk,s [nm] 26 52 92 232 454 784 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56 2.38

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.7) of TR 029 k [-] 2

Partial safety factor gMcp

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.0 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to EOTA TR 029.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the table below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• for cracked concrete, splitting failure is not considered assuming that a reinforcement is present which limits the crack width to 0.3 mm.

• Precalculated design resistance capacities are given for threaded rods only, values for internal sleeves and reinforcement bars can be found in the relevant approval documents.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

Page 84: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com82

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

Influence of steel grades

Instructions:

• The steel grade potentially influences the load capacity of the anchor. left table depicts ultimate steel strengths of threaded rods for given steel grades.

• The steel strength equals the load capacity of the anchor provided other failure modes, i.e. concrete failure or pullout failure, do not yield lower strengths and therefore do not control the anchor capacity.

• To determine the critical failure mode, the steel strength identified in left table has to be compared with the concrete and pullout strengths in the following tables.

Size Property 5.8 8.8 A4 / HCR

M8nRd [kn] 12.0 19.3 13.9

VRd [kn] 7.2 12.0 8.3

M10nRd [kn] 19.3 30.7 21.9

VRd [kn] 12.0 18.4 12.8

M12nRd [kn] 28.0 44.7 31.6

VRd [kn] 16.8 27.2 19.2

M16nRd [kn] 52.0 83.3 58.8

VRd [kn] 31.2 50.4 35.3

M20nRd [kn] 81.3 130.7 91.4

VRd [kn] 48.8 78.4 55.1

M24nRd [kn] 117.3 188.0 132.1

VRd [kn] 70.4 112.8 79.5

M27nRd [kn] 153.3 245.3 80.4

VRd [kn] 92.0 147.2 48.3

M30nRd [kn] 186.7 299.3 98.3

VRd [kn] 112.0 179.2 58.8

M8C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 80

Member thickness h [mm] 110

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 40 40 40 40 40

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 40 240 40 240 0 40 240 40 240

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 16.8 20.8 33.5 26.3 67.0 9.1 10.5 15.7 12.4 32.8

fRd45° [kn] 11.9 18.9 23.7 28.9 47.5 4.5 5.7 8.6 6.0 10.3

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 48.0 48.0 3.7 5.0 7.5 5.0 7.5

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 9.5 13.4 19.0 19.5 38.0 5.9 8.3 11.7 12.4 23.5

fRd45° [kn] 9.0 14.6 18.0 23.4 36.0 3.9 5.3 7.7 6.0 9.6

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 46.8 48.0 3.7 5.0 7.5 5.0 7.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M10C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 100

Member thickness h [mm] 130

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 50 50 50 50 50

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 50 300 50 300 0 50 300 50 300

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 26.2 31.5 52.4 38.2 104.7 12.9 14.3 21.0 16.7 42.7

fRd45° [kn] 18.3 28.8 36.7 42.7 73.4 6.5 8.2 12.2 8.6 14.8

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 73.6 73.6 5.5 7.3 10.9 7.3 10.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 14.8 20.7 29.7 29.8 59.3 9.2 12.8 18.3 16.7 36.7

fRd45° [kn] 13.9 22.5 27.9 35.7 55.8 5.8 7.9 11.6 8.6 14.3

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 71.4 73.6 5.5 7.3 10.9 7.3 10.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 85: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 83

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M12C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 120

Member thickness h [mm] 150

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60 60 60 60 60

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 60 360 60 360 0 60 360 60 360

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 18.8 24.3 37.7 32.1 75.4 10.3 13.3 20.6 18.8 52.8

fRd45° [kn] 18.9 28.5 37.8 38.4 75.6 5.9 7.8 11.9 8.7 15.0

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 77.0 108.8 5.3 7.1 10.6 7.1 10.6

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 10.1 14.5 20.1 21.5 40.2 6.3 9.1 12.6 14.4 25.2

fRd45° [kn] 12.0 17.4 24.1 25.8 48.2 4.9 6.7 9.8 8.0 12.7

VRd [kn] 24.1 34.8 48.3 51.7 96.5 5.3 7.1 10.6 7.1 10.6

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 36.9 43.0 73.8 50.2 147.5 17.0 18.8 27.6 22.0 56.2

fRd45° [kn] 26.6 40.8 53.1 58.3 106.3 8.8 11.0 16.5 11.6 20.0

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 108.8 108.8 7.5 10.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 20.1 28.1 40.2 40.4 80.4 12.6 17.6 25.2 22.0 50.4

fRd45° [kn] 19.6 31.4 39.2 48.4 78.5 8.0 10.8 15.9 11.6 19.6

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 96.9 108.8 7.5 10.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M16C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 160

Member thickness h [mm] 196

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 80 480 80 480 0 80 480 80 480

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 29.0 37.6 58.1 49.8 116.2 16.1 20.8 32.1 29.5 83.8

fRd45° [kn] 31.3 45.0 62.5 59.7 125.1 9.6 12.6 19.1 14.1 24.4

VRd [kn] 50.4 90.2 100.8 119.6 201.6 8.7 11.6 17.3 11.6 17.3

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 15.6 22.6 31.3 33.7 62.6 10.0 14.4 19.9 22.9 39.9

fRd45° [kn] 18.7 27.1 37.5 40.4 74.9 7.9 10.9 15.7 13.0 20.5

VRd [kn] 37.5 54.3 75.1 81.0 150.1 8.7 11.6 17.3 11.6 17.3

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 56.8 66.2 113.6 77.3 227.1 26.2 28.9 42.5 33.9 86.5

fRd45° [kn] 45.3 67.8 90.6 92.6 181.2 14.2 17.7 26.4 18.7 32.4

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 185.5 201.6 12.2 16.3 24.5 16.3 24.5

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 33.5 46.6 67.0 66.6 134.0 21.4 28.9 42.5 33.9 85.5

fRd45° [kn] 34.2 54.1 68.3 79.8 136.6 13.2 17.7 26.4 18.7 32.3

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 159.8 201.6 12.2 16.3 24.5 16.3 24.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 86: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com84

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M20C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 200

Member thickness h [mm] 248

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 100 100 100 100 100

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 100 600 100 600 0 100 600 100 600

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 35.9 46.4 71.8 61.3 143.6 20.2 26.0 40.3 36.9 106.9

fRd45° [kn] 41.8 58.0 83.6 76.7 167.2 13.2 17.4 26.5 19.7 34.8

VRd [kn] 78.4 129.9 156.8 171.7 313.6 12.7 16.9 25.4 16.9 25.4

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 18.0 26.2 35.9 39.3 71.8 11.6 17.0 23.3 27.2 46.6

fRd45° [kn] 22.4 32.7 44.9 49.1 89.8 10.3 14.4 20.6 17.7 27.9

VRd [kn] 50.3 73.3 100.5 110.0 201.1 12.7 16.9 25.4 16.9 25.4

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 68.0 79.4 136.0 92.6 272.1 31.3 34.6 50.9 40.6 103.6

fRd45° [kn] 61.8 89.4 123.6 115.8 247.2 19.4 24.0 35.7 25.5 45.2

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 259.2 313.6 17.9 23.9 35.9 23.9 35.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 41.9 58.2 83.8 83.1 167.6 27.2 34.6 50.9 40.6 103.6

fRd45° [kn] 46.3 72.1 92.7 103.9 185.3 18.3 24.0 35.7 25.5 45.2

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 232.7 313.6 17.9 23.9 35.9 23.9 35.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M24C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 240

Member thickness h [mm] 296

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 120 120 120 120 120

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 120 720 120 720 0 120 720 120 720

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 47.4 61.5 94.8 81.7 189.6 27.1 35.1 54.1 49.7 146.1

fRd45° [kn] 56.6 76.9 113.3 102.1 226.5 18.0 23.7 35.9 26.8 47.6

VRd [kn] 112.8 172.2 225.6 228.6 451.2 17.4 23.2 34.7 23.2 34.7

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 25.9 37.5 51.7 55.9 103.4 16.8 24.3 33.6 38.7 67.1

fRd45° [kn] 32.3 46.8 64.7 69.9 129.3 14.5 20.1 29.0 24.6 38.8

VRd [kn] 72.4 104.9 144.8 156.6 289.5 17.4 23.2 34.7 23.2 34.7

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 89.4 104.3 178.8 121.7 357.6 41.2 45.5 66.9 53.3 136.2

fRd45° [kn] 84.6 121.1 169.3 152.2 338.6 26.1 32.3 48.0 34.4 61.2

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 340.8 451.2 24.5 32.7 49.0 32.7 49.0

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 60.3 82.8 120.6 116.3 241.3 39.1 45.5 66.9 53.3 136.2

fRd45° [kn] 66.7 102.8 133.4 145.5 266.8 25.6 32.3 48.0 34.4 61.2

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 325.7 451.2 24.5 32.7 49.0 32.7 49.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 87: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 85

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M27C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 270

Member thickness h [mm] 334

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 135 135 135 135 135

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 135 810 135 810 0 135 810 135 810

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 60.0 76.9 120.0 100.5 239.9 34.3 43.9 68.5 59.3 185.0

fRd45° [kn] 72.3 96.1 144.6 125.7 289.3 22.3 29.2 44.5 32.5 58.7

VRd [kn] 147.2 215.2 294.4 281.5 588.8 21.3 28.3 42.5 28.3 42.5

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 32.7 47.5 65.4 70.9 130.9 21.7 31.4 43.3 49.9 86.6

fRd45° [kn] 40.9 59.3 81.8 88.7 163.6 18.2 25.3 36.4 30.7 48.4

VRd [kn] 91.6 132.9 183.2 198.5 366.4 21.3 28.3 42.5 28.3 42.5

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 106.7 124.5 213.4 145.2 426.8 49.1 54.3 79.9 63.6 162.5

fRd45° [kn] 105.0 148.5 209.9 181.6 419.9 31.6 39.1 58.2 41.7 74.4

VRd [kn] 147.2 294.4 294.4 406.6 588.8 30.0 40.0 60.0 40.0 60.0

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 70.9 98.1 141.8 139.1 283.6 46.9 54.3 79.9 63.6 162.5

fRd45° [kn] 81.2 122.6 162.4 173.9 324.8 31.1 39.1 58.2 41.7 74.4

VRd [kn] 147.2 274.6 294.4 389.4 588.8 30.0 40.0 60.0 40.0 60.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M30C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 300

Member thickness h [mm] 370

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 150 150 150 150 150

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 150 900 150 900 0 150 900 150 900

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 74.1 93.7 148.1 120.7 296.2 42.3 53.5 84.6 69.4 228.3

fRd45° [kn] 88.9 117.2 177.8 151.0 355.7 27.0 35.3 53.9 38.7 70.7

VRd [kn] 179.2 262.4 358.4 338.1 716.8 25.5 33.9 50.9 33.9 50.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 40.4 58.4 80.8 86.8 161.6 26.7 38.6 53.5 61.1 106.9

fRd45° [kn] 50.5 73.0 101.0 108.5 202.0 22.1 30.7 44.3 37.0 58.5

VRd [kn] 113.1 163.4 226.2 243.0 452.4 25.5 33.9 50.9 33.9 50.9

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 125.0 145.8 249.9 170.1 499.8 57.6 63.6 93.5 74.5 190.3

fRd45° [kn] 124.9 175.9 249.9 212.7 499.8 37.6 46.4 69.0 49.5 88.6

VRd [kn] 179.2 358.4 358.4 476.2 716.8 35.9 47.9 71.9 47.9 71.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 87.5 120.1 175.0 168.6 350.1 57.6 63.6 93.5 74.5 190.3

fRd45° [kn] 99.8 150.2 199.6 210.9 399.1 37.6 46.4 69.0 49.5 88.6

VRd [kn] 179.2 336.3 358.4 472.2 716.8 35.9 47.9 71.9 47.9 71.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 88: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com86

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - THREADED ROD

231

Part no. Designation Material

Carbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Carbon steel 8.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8.8, Rm = 800 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 640 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.457; strength class 50, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 210 MPa (for > M24)strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2= 450 MPa (for ≤ M24)

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571; strength class 50 (for > M24); strength class 70 (for ≤ M24)

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571

Stainless steel HCR

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 50, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2= 210 MPa (for > M24)strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 450 MPa (for ≤ M24)

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 50 (for > M24); strength class 70 (for ≤ M24)

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565

1MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1 Class B Class C

characteristic yield strength fyk or f0.2k [MPa] 400 to 600

Minimum value of k = (ft / fy)k [-] ≥ 1.08 ≥ 1.15 < 1.35

characteristic strain at maximum force euk [%] ≥ 5.0 ≥ 7.5

bendability bend/Rebend test

Maximum deviation from nominal mass [%] ± 6.0 for nominal bar size ≤ 8 mm; ± 4.5 for nominal bar size > 8 mm

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.2N Class B Class C

Minimum value of related rib area fR,min 0.040 for nominal bar size 8 mm to 12 mm; 0.056 for nominal bar size > 12 mm

Page 89: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 87

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

ORDERING INFORMATION

Pure150-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1110000 385ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1110050 585ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1110100 1400ml adhesive cartridge 1 5

PURE150-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. No. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640350 adhesive mixing nozzle - white - 18 element - 10 -

MIXING NOZZLE AND EXTENSION

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610350 385/585ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 5

Dfc1610200 385/585ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1630050 385/585ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

Dfc1630500 1400ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

DFC1610350

DFC1610200

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

Dfc1690000 adhesive piston plug #14 - Ø10 M12 10 100

Dfc1690050 adhesive piston plug #16 - Ø12 M14 10 100

Dfc1690150 adhesive piston plug #20 - Ø16 M18 10 100

Dfc1690250 adhesive piston plug #25 - Ø20 - 10 100

Dfc1690300 adhesive piston plug #28(27/29) - Ø22 M24 10 100

Dfc1690350 adhesive piston plug #32 - Ø24-25 M27 10 100

Dfc1690400 adhesive piston plug #35(34/36) - Ø28-32 M30 10 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

PISTON PLUG

Page 90: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com88

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4130150 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4130200 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4130250 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150150 a4 stainless steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4150200 a4 stainless steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4150250 a4 stainless steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Straight cut threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4170000 Hot dipped galvanized 110mm 10 M8 25 200

Dfc4170040 Hot dipped galvanized 130mm 12 M10 25 100

Dfc4170160 Hot dipped galvanized 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4170200 Hot dipped galvanized 190mm 18 M16 10 40

Dfc4170320 Hot dipped galvanized 260mm 24 M20 10 40

Dfc4170400 Hot dipped galvanized 290mm 28 M24 10 40

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

Page 91: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 89

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Pure150-PRo epoxy

Threaded Rod

Reinforcement bar

GRADEScarbon steel 5.8

carbon steel 8.8

stainless steel a4

stainless steel HcR

Rebar fy = 400 to 600 MPa

APPROVALS• eTa-12/0606

• esR-2583

GENERAL INFORMATION

Pure15 0-PROEpoxy Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The Pure150-PRo is a two-component epoxy adhesive anchoring system which is also qualified for core drilled holes (diamond coring). The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The Pure150-PRo is a high strength adhesive designed for bonding steel elements or post-installing reinforcement bars to uncracked concrete. The adhesive is suitable for a medium range of ambient temperatures but also for water filled holes.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

+5˚C

40/24˚C

72/43˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS• Designed for use with threaded rod, internal threaded sleeve or rebar• consistent performance in uncracked and cracked concrete of variable strength• Wide range of steel element diameter and embedment depth• simple installation and allows flexible fixture thicknesses• Versatile low odor formula with long working time• High strengths in medium range of ambient temperatures• cartridge design fits in popular competitor dispensers and allows multiple uses

using extra mixing nozzles

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 7 F120

A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 92: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com90

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - THREADED ROD

Notation UnitPure150-PRO (core drilling) - Threaded rod

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

anchor diameter d [mm] 10 12 16 20 24

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 12 14 18 24 28

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 12 14 18 22 26

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 14 16 20 26 30

Minimum embedment and drill hole depth Maximum embedment and drill hole depth

hef,min = h1 hef,max = h1

[mm] [mm]

60 200

70 240

80 320

90 400

96 480

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 · d0

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 60 80 100 120

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50 60 80 100 120

Thickness of fixture tfix [mm] 0 mm ≤ tfix ≤ 1500 mm

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 20 40 80 120 160

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 17 19 24 30 36

hmin

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION DATA - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Notation UnitPure150-PRO (core drilling) - Reinforcement bar

Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25

nominal diameter of rebar d [mm] 10 12 14 16 20 25

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 14 16 18 20 24 32

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 16 18 20 22 26 34

Minimum embedment and drill hole depth Maximum embedment and drill hole depth

hef,min = h1 hef,max = h1

[mm] [mm]

60 200

70 240

75 280

80 320

90 400

100 500

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 · d0

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50 60 70 80 100 125

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 60 70 80 100 125

hef

d0

h1

Page 93: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 91

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

2X 2X

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Rinse the hole until access water is clear.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 2 times minimum.

4.) Rinse the hole until access water is clear.

5.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

10 hr.

6.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 2 times minimum.

7.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

8.) After dispensing a minimum of 3 strokes, fill the hole up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

9.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

10.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

≥ + 5°c 120 min 50 h

≥ + 10°c 90 min 30 h

≥ + 20°c 30 min 10 h

≥ + 30°c 20 min 6 h

≥ + 40°c 12 min 4 h

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 94: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com92

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIonDesIGn InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPure150-PRO - Threaded rod

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Steel failure

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 nRk,s [kn] 29 42 78 122 176

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 nRk,s [kn] 46 67 125 196 282

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.50

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 nRk,s [kn] 41 59 110 171 247

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.87

Characteristic resistance in uncracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 11.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0

Temperature Range: 72°c / 43°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 6.0 6.0 5.5 5.0 5.0

Partial safety factor gMc = gMp

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.04

c40/50 cc [-] 1.08

c50/60 cc [-] 1.10

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 3.0·hef

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 1.5·hef

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 2·ccr,sp

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 5·hef - 2·h but ≥ 1·hef and ≤ 2.4·hef

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.21

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.0 is included

3) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.2 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 95: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 93

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETER FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPure150-PRO - Threaded rod

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 VRk,s [kn] 15 21 39 61 88

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 VRk,s [kn] 23 34 63 98 141

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 VRk,s [kn] 20 30 55 86 124

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 37 65 166 324 560

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 60 105 266 519 896

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 M0Rk,s [nm] 52 92 232 454 784

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.7) of TR 029 k [-] 2

Partial safety factor gMcp

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.0 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 96: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com94

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to EOTA TR 029.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the table below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• Precalculated design resistance capacities are given for threaded rods only, values for internal sleeves and reinforcement bars can be found in the relevant approval documents.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

Influence of steel gradesInstructions:

• The steel grade potentially influences the load capacity of the anchor. left table depicts ultimate steel strengths of threaded rods for given steel grades.

• The steel strength equals the load capacity of the anchor provided other failure modes, i.e. concrete failure or pullout failure, do not yield lower strengths and therefore do not control the anchor capacity.

• To determine the critical failure mode, the steel strength identified in left table has to be compared with the concrete and pullout strengths in the following tables.

Size Property 5.8 8.8 A4 / HCR

M10nRd [kn] 19.3 30.7 21.9

VRd [kn] 12.0 18.4 12.8

M12nRd [kn] 28.0 44.7 31.6

VRd [kn] 16.8 27.2 19.2

M16nRd [kn] 52.0 83.3 58.8

VRd [kn] 31.2 50.4 35.3

M20nRd [kn] 81.3 130.7 91.4

VRd [kn] 48.8 78.4 55.1

M24nRd [kn] 117.3 188.0 132.1

VRd [kn] 70.4 112.8 79.5

M10C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 100

Member thickness h [mm] 130

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 50 50 50 50 50

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 50 300 50 300 0 50 300 50 300

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 23.0 30.5 46.1 41.4 92.2 13.4 17.1 25.2 20.1 51.3

fRd45° [kn] 17.4 28.3 34.7 45.0 69.4 6.6 8.7 12.9 9.1 15.3

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 73.6 73.6 5.5 7.3 10.9 7.3 10.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 12.6 18.5 25.1 28.0 50.3 8.5 12.5 17.0 20.1 34.0

fRd45° [kn] 12.7 20.9 25.3 31.7 50.7 5.6 7.8 11.3 9.1 14.0

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 56.1 73.6 5.5 7.3 10.9 7.3 10.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 97: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 95

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M12 C20/25 8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 120

Member thickness h [mm] 150

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60 60 60 60 60

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 60 360 60 360 0 60 360 60 360

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 25.1 33.5 50.3 45.8 100.5 14.9 18.8 27.6 22.0 56.2

fRd45° [kn] 22.2 35.2 44.3 54.7 88.7 8.5 11.0 16.5 11.6 20.0

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 108.8 108.8 7.5 10.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 15.1 22.1 30.2 33.3 60.3 10.2 14.9 20.4 22.0 40.8

fRd45° [kn] 16.5 26.4 32.9 39.8 65.9 7.3 10.1 14.6 11.6 18.6

VRd [kn] 27.2 53.0 54.4 79.8 108.8 7.5 10.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M16C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 160

Member thickness h [mm] 196

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 80 480 80 480 0 80 480 80 480

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 44.7 57.9 89.4 76.6 178.7 26.2 28.9 42.5 33.9 86.5

fRd45° [kn] 40.2 62.4 80.4 91.8 160.8 14.2 17.7 26.4 18.7 32.4

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 183.9 201.6 12.2 16.3 24.5 16.3 24.5

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 24.6 36.1 49.1 54.5 98.3 17.0 25.0 34.1 33.9 68.1

fRd45° [kn] 28.0 43.2 56.1 65.2 112.1 12.1 16.8 24.2 18.7 30.6

VRd [kn] 50.4 86.5 100.8 130.7 201.6 12.2 16.3 24.5 16.3 24.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 98: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com96

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M20C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 200

Member thickness h [mm] 248

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 100 100 100 100 100

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 100 600 100 600 0 100 600 100 600

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 66.3 85.1 132.6 108.0 265.3 36.6 40.4 59.4 47.3 120.9

fRd45° [kn] 61.0 93.6 121.9 129.4 243.9 20.4 25.5 38.0 27.0 47.0

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 259.2 313.6 17.9 23.9 35.9 23.9 35.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 34.9 51.6 69.8 78.3 139.6 24.9 36.7 49.7 47.3 99.5

fRd45° [kn] 41.0 61.8 82.0 93.8 164.0 17.7 24.6 35.4 27.0 44.8

VRd [kn] 78.4 123.7 156.8 188.0 313.6 17.9 23.9 35.9 23.9 35.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M24C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 240

Member thickness h [mm] 296

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 120 120 120 120 120

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 120 720 120 720 0 120 720 120 720

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 90.5 115.6 181.0 142.0 361.9 48.1 53.1 78.1 62.2 158.9

fRd45° [kn] 85.2 129.7 170.4 170.1 340.8 27.6 34.3 51.1 36.4 63.6

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 340.8 451.2 24.5 32.7 49.0 32.7 49.0

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 50.3 73.7 100.5 111.2 201.1 35.8 52.5 71.6 62.2 143.2

fRd45° [kn] 59.0 88.3 118.0 133.2 236.0 24.7 34.2 49.4 36.4 62.0

VRd [kn] 112.8 176.9 225.6 266.8 451.2 24.5 32.7 49.0 32.7 49.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 99: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 97

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - THREADED ROD

231

Part no. Designation Material

Carbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa ; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Carbon steel 8.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8.8, Rm = 800 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 640MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.457strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa ; Rp 0.2 = 450 MPa

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 70

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571

Stainless steel HCR

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa ; Rp 0.2 = 450 MPa

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 70

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1 Class B Class C

characteristic yield strength fyk or f0.2k [MPa] 400 to 600

Minimum value of k = (ft / fy)k [-] ≥ 1.08 ≥ 1.15 < 1.35

characteristic strain at maximum force euk [%] ≥ 5.0 ≥ 7.5

bendability bend/Rebend test

Maximum deviation from nominal mass [%] ± 6.0 for nominal bar size ≤ 8 mm; ± 4.5 for nominal bar size > 8 mm

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.2N Class B Class C

Minimum value of related rib area fR,min 0.040 for nominal bar size 8 mm to 12 mm; 0.056 for nominal bar size > 12 mm

Page 100: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com98

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

ORDERING INFORMATION

Pure150-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1110000 385ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1110050 585ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1110100 1400ml adhesive cartridge 1 5

PURE150-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. No. Type Length

[mm] Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640350 adhesive mixing nozzle - white - 18 element - 10 -

MIXING NOZZLE AND EXTENSION

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610350 385/585ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 5

Dfc1610200 385/585ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1630050 385/585ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

Dfc1630500 1400ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

DFC1610350

DFC1610200

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

Dfc1690000 adhesive piston plug #14 - Ø10 M12 10 100

Dfc1690050 adhesive piston plug #16 - Ø12 M14 10 100

Dfc1690150 adhesive piston plug #20 - Ø16 M18 10 100

Dfc1690250 adhesive piston plug #25 - Ø20 - 10 100

Dfc1690300 adhesive piston plug #28(27/29) - Ø22 M24 10 100

Dfc1690350 adhesive piston plug #32 - Ø24-25 M27 10 100

Dfc1690400 adhesive piston plug #35(34/36) - Ø28-32 M30 10 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

PISTON PLUG

Page 101: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 99

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4130150 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4130200 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4130250 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150150 a4 stainless steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4150200 a4 stainless steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4150250 a4 stainless steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Straight cut threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4170000 Hot dipped galvanized 110mm 10 M8 25 200

Dfc4170040 Hot dipped galvanized 130mm 12 M10 25 100

Dfc4170160 Hot dipped galvanized 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4170200 Hot dipped galvanized 190mm 18 M16 10 40

Dfc4170320 Hot dipped galvanized 260mm 24 M20 10 40

Dfc4170400 Hot dipped galvanized 290mm 28 M24 10 40

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

Page 102: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com100

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Pure150-PRo epoxy

Reinforcement bar

GRADESfy = 400 to 600 MPa

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0049

GENERAL INFORMATION

Pure15 0-PROEpoxy Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The Pure150-PRo is a two-component epoxy adhesive anchoring system. The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The Pure150-PRo is a high strength adhesive designed for various applications and hole drilling techniques. It is also very suitable for bonding rebar to concrete as post-installed reinforcement application.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Designed for use with reinforcement bars of internationally common grades

• consistent performance in uncracked and cracked concrete

• flexible anchorage lengths of up to 2000 mm

• simple installation

• Versatile low odor formula with long working time

• applicable for wide range of medium temperatures

• cartridge design allows multiple uses using extra mixing nozzles

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

EOTA TR 23 F240

REBARCONNECTIONS

A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

Page 103: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 101

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - POST INSTALLED REBAR

Notation UnitPost-installed reinforcement bar

Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø22 Ø24 Ø25

Diameter of reinforcement bar ds [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 24 25

nominal drill bit diameter dcut [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 25 28 32 32

Diameter of brush db [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 27 30 34 34

embedment depth ℓv [mm] as given below

hef

d0

h1

Minimum spacingsmin

Minimum concrete cover cmin

Drilling method Rebar diameter Without drilling aid With drilling aid

≥ 5 ds≥ 50 mm

Hammer drilling< 25 mm 30 mm + 0.06 · ℓv ≥ 2 ds 30 mm + 0.02 · ℓv ≥ 2 ds

= 25 mm 40 mm + 0.06 · ℓv ≥ 2 ds 40 mm + 0.02 · ℓv ≥ 2 ds

compressed air drilling< 25 mm 50 mm + 0.08 · ℓv 50 mm + 0.02 · ℓv

= 25 mm 60 mm + 0.08 · ℓv 60 mm + 0.02 · ℓv

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

≥ 5°c 120 min 50 h

≥ 10°c 90 min 30 h

≥20°c 30 min 10 h

≥ 30°c 20 min 6 h

≥ 40°c 12 min 4 h

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

2X 2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

10 hr

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 2 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

5.) Fill the hole up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the rebar into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature prior to applying any load.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Page 104: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com102

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

• The following information is meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of the data.

• Reinforcement bars installed by Pure150-PRo adhesive proved as good as cast-in reinforcement bars. for this reason their design complies with the concrete design approach which basically determines the anchorage length required to transfer a given design load from the reinforcement bar into the concrete.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual and to the respective design codes.

ANCHORAGE LENGTH

basic anchorage length: (en 1992-1-1 section 8.4.3)

ℓb,rqd = (ø / 4) x (ssd / fbd) with:

ø = diameter of the rebar

ssd = calculated design stress of the rebar

fbd = design value of bond strength

Basic design value of bond strength fbd for various concrete strength classes [MPa] (valid for good bond conditons)

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C49/59 C45/55 C50/60

1.6 2.0 2.3 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3

Reduction factor for poor bond condition as defined in en 1992-1-1 section 8.4.2: h = 0.7

Design anchorage lengthAnchorage (EN 1992-1-1 Section 8.4.4)

Design anchorage lengthOverlap joint (EN 1992-1-1 Section 8.7.3)

ℓb,d = ℓv

ℓb,d = ℓv

ℓvℓ0

ℓb,d = ℓv

ℓb,d = a

1 a

2 a

3 a

4 a

5 ℓb,rqd ≥ ℓb,min

a1 = 1.0 (straight bars)

a2 = 1 – 0.15 (cd –Ø) / Ø ≥ 0.7

≤ 1.0 cd = min{s/2; c}

a3 = 1.0 (no transverse reinforcement)

a4 = 1.0 (no welding)

a5 = 1 – 0.04p ≥ 0.7

≤ 1.0p = ultimate transverse pressure

ℓb,min = max {0.3 ℓb,rqd ; 10 Ø; 100 mm} under tension = max {0.6 ℓb,rqd ; 10 Ø; 100 mm} under compression

ℓb,d = ℓo

ℓo = a

1 a

2 a

3 a

5 a

6 ℓb,rqd ≥ ℓ0,min

a1 = 1.0 (straight bars)

a2 = 1 – 0.15 (cd –Ø) / Ø ≥ 0.7

≤ 1.0 cd = min{s/2; c}

a3 = 1.0 (no transverse reinforcement)

a4 = 1 – 0.04p ≥ 0.7

≤ 1.5p = ultimate transverse pressure

a5 = (pt / 25) – 0.5 ≥ 1.0

≤ 1.5pt = lapped bar ratio

ℓ0,min = max {0.3 a6 ℓb,rqd ; 15 Ø; 200 mm} under tension

Page 105: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 103

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

LOAD CAPACITIES

C20/25fbd = 2.3 MPa fy = 500 MPa g

Ms = 1.15

Length [mm]

Post-installed reinforcement bar: anchorageInfluence of bond

conditionØ8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25

a1 = a2 = a3 = a4 = a5 = 1.0

bond condition: Good Poor

nRd [kn] 170 9.83 x 0.7

200 11.56 x 0.7

225 13.00 16.26 x 0.7

250 14.45 18.06 x 0.7

275 15.90 19.87 23.85 x 0.7

300 17.34 21.68 26.01 30.35 x 0.7

350 20.23 25.29 30.35 35.40 40.46 x 0.7

400 21.86 28.90 34.68 40.46 46.24 x 0.7

425 30.71 36.85 42.99 49.14 61.42 x 0.7

450 32.51 39.02 45.52 52.03 65.03 x 0.7

500 34.15 43.35 50.58 57.81 72.26 x 0.7

550 47.69 55.64 63.59 79.48 99.35 x 0.7

600 49.17 60.70 69.37 86.71 108.39 x 0.7

650 65.7 75.15 93.93 117.48 x 0.7

700 66.93 80.93 101.16 126.45 x 0.7

800 87.42 115.61 144.51 x 0.7

900 130.06 162.58 x 0.7

1000 136.51 180.64 x 0.7

1100 198.70 x 0.7

1200 213.42 x 0.7

nyd [kn] yield strength 21.86 34.15 49.17 66.93 87.42 136.60 213.42

C20/25fbd = 2.3 MPa fy = 500 MPa g

Ms = 1.15

Length [mm]

Post-installed reinforcement bar: overlap jointInfluence of bond

conditionØ8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25

a1 = a2 = a3 = a4 = a5 = 1.0

bond condition: Good Poor

nRd [kn] 200 11.56 14.45 17.34 x 0.7

225 13.00 16.26 19.51 22.76 x 0.7

250 14.45 18.06 21.68 25.29 28.90 x 0.7

275 15.90 19.87 23.85 27.82 31.79 x 0.7

300 17.34 21.68 26.01 30.35 34.68 43.35 x 0.7

350 20.23 25.29 30.35 35.40 40.46 50.58 x 0.7

400 21.86 28.90 34.68 40.46 46.24 57.81 72.26 x 0.7

450 32.52 39.02 45.52 52.03 65.03 81.29 x 0.7

500 34.15 43.35 50.58 57.80 72.26 90.32 x 0.7

550 47.69 55.64 63.59 79.48 99.35 x 0.7

600 49.17 60.70 69.37 86.71 108.39 x 0.7

650 65.75 75.15 93.93 117.41 x 0.7

700 66.93 80.93 101.16 126.45 x 0.7

800 87.42 115.61 144.51 x 0.7

900 130.06 162.58 x 0.7

1000 136.59 180.64 x 0.7

1100 198.70 x 0.7

1200 213.42 x 0.7

nyd [kn] yield strength 21.86 34.15 49.17 66.93 87.42 136.59 213.42

Page 106: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com104

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1 Class B Class C

characteristic yield strength fyk or f0.2k [MPa] 400 to 600

Minimum value of k = (ft / fy)k [-] ≥ 1.08 ≥ 1.15 < 1.35

characteristic strain at maximum force euk [%] ≥ 5.0 ≥ 7.5

bendability bend/Rebend test

Maximum deviation from nominal mass [%] ± 6.0 for nominal bar size ≤ 8 mm; ± 4.5 for nominal bar size > 8 mm

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.2N Class B Class C

Minimum value of related rib area fR,min 0.040 for nominal bar size 8 mm to 12 mm; 0.056 for nominal bar size > 12 mm

Page 107: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 105

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

ORDERING INFORMATION

Pure150-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1110000 385ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1110050 585ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1110100 1400ml adhesive cartridge 1 5

PURE150-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. No. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640350 adhesive mixing nozzle - white - 18 element - 10 -

MIXING NOZZLE AND EXTENSION

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610350 385/585ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 5

Dfc1610200 385/585ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1630050 385/585ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

Dfc1630500 1400ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

DFC1610350

DFC1610200

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

Dfc1690000 adhesive piston plug #14 - Ø10 M12 10 100

Dfc1690050 adhesive piston plug #16 - Ø12 M14 10 100

Dfc1690150 adhesive piston plug #20 - Ø16 M18 10 100

Dfc1690250 adhesive piston plug #25 - Ø20 - 10 100

Dfc1690300 adhesive piston plug #28(27/29) - Ø22 M24 10 100

Dfc1690350 adhesive piston plug #32 - Ø24-25 M27 10 100

Dfc1690400 adhesive piston plug #35(34/36) - Ø28-32 M30 10 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

PISTON PLUG

Page 108: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

106

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

GENERAL INFORMATION

Pure110-PROEpoxy Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The Pure110-PRo is our latest development. This two-component epoxy adhesive is based on a complete new formulation. The anchoring system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The Pure110-PRo is a high strength adhesive designed for bonding steel elements to cracked and uncracked concrete. The adhesive is suitable for a medium range of ambient temperatures but also for water filled holes.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

+10C̊

40/24˚C

72/43˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS• Designed for use with threaded rod or rebar• consistent performance in uncracked and cracked concrete of variable strength• Wide range of steel element diameter and embedment depth• flexible fixture thicknesses• simple installation• Versatile low odor formula with long working time• High strengths in medium range of ambient temperatures• cartridge design fits in popular competitor dispensers and allows multiple uses using extra

mixing nozzles

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 1 F120

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC SEISMIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Pure110-PRo epoxy

Threaded Rod

Reinforcement bar

GRADEScarbon steel 5.8

carbon steel 8.8

stainless steel a4

stainless steel HcR

Rebar fy = 400 to 600 MPa

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0397

• esR-3298

www.DeWalT.com

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 109: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 107

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - THREADED ROD

Notation UnitPure110-PRO - Threaded rod

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

anchor diameter d [mm] 10 12 16 20 24 27 30

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 12 14 18 24 28 32 35

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 12 14 18 22 26 30 33

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 14 16 20 26 30 34 37

Minimum embedment and drill hole depth Maximum embedment and drill hole depth

hef,min = h1 hef,min = h1

[mm] [mm]

60 200

70 240

80 320

90 400

96 480

108 540

120 600

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 · d0

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 60 80 100 120 135 150

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50 60 80 100 120 135 150

Thickness of fixture tfix [mm] 0 mm ≤ tfix ≤ 1500 mm

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 20 40 80 120 160 180 200

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 17 19 24 30 36 41 46

hmin

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION DATA - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Notation UnitPure110-PRO - Reinforcement bar

Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø30 Ø32

nominal diameter of rebar d0 [mm] 10 12 14 16 20 25 30 32

nominal drill bit diameter dcut [mm] 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 37

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 16 18 20 22 26 34 37 40

Minimum embedment and drill hole depth Maximum embedment and drill hole depth

hef,min = h1 hef,max = h1

[mm] [mm]

60 200

70 240

75 280

80 320

90 400

100 500

112 540

128 640

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 · d0

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160

hef

d0

h1

Page 110: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

108

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

www.DeWalT.com

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

2X 2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

8 hr

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using compressed air 2 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 2 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

5.) After dispensing a minimum of 3 strokes, fill the hole up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature prior to applying any load.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

≥ + 10°c 90 min 24 h

≥ + 20°c 25 min 8 h

≥ + 30°c 20 min 8 h

≥ + 40°c 12 min 4 h

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 111: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 109

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPure110-PRO - Threaded rod

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Steel failure

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 nRk,s [kn] 29 42 78 122 176 230 280

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 nRk,s [kn] 46 67 125 196 282 368 449

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 nRk,s [kn] - - - - - 230 280

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 nRk,s [kn] 41 59 110 171 247 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.87 2.86

Combined pullout and concrete failure

Characteristic resistance in cracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c tRk,cr [n/mm²] 6.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.5

Temperature Range: 72°c / 43°c tRk,cr [n/mm²] 6.0 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0

Partial safety factor gMc = gMp

1) [-] 1.92)

Characteristic resistance in uncracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 13 12 12 11 11 11 10

Temperature Range: 72°c / 43°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 12 12 11 11 11 10 10

Partial safety factor gMc = gMp

1) [-] 1.82)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.10

c40/50 cc [-] 1.18

c50/60 cc [-] 1.23

seismic reduction factor an,seis [-] 1.00

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 3.0·hef

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 1.5·hef

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.92)

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMc

1) [-] 1.82)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 2.0·ccr,sp

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 2·hef - 2·h but ≥ 1·hef and ≤ 2.4·hef

Partial safety factor for cracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.92)

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.82)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.21

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.2 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 112: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com110

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETER FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPure110-PRO - Threaded rod

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 VRk,s [kn] 15 21 39 61 88 115 140

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 VRk,s [kn] 23 34 63 98 141 184 224

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 VRk,s [kn] - - - - - 115 140

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 VRk,s [kn] 20 30 55 86 124 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56 2.17

seismic reduction factor aV,seis [-] 0.95 0.93

Steel failure with lever arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 37 65 166 324 560 833 1123

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 60 105 266 519 896 1333 1797

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 M0Rk,s [nm] - - - - - 832 1125

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 M0Rk,s [nm] 52 92 232 454 784 - -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56 2.17

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.7) of TR 029 k [-] 2

Partial safety factor gMcp

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.2 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 113: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 111

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to EOTA TR 029.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the table below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• for cracked concrete, splitting failure is not considered assuming that a reinforcement is present which limits the crack width to 0.3 mm.

• Precalculated design resistance capacities are given for threaded rods only, values for internal sleeves and reinforcement bars can be found in the relevant approval documents.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

Influence of steel gradesInstructions:

• The steel grade potentially influences the load capacity of the anchor. left table depicts ultimate steel strengths of threaded rods for given steel grades.

• The steel strength equals the load capacity of the anchor provided other failure modes, i.e. concrete failure or pullout failure, do not yield lower strengths and therefore do not control the anchor capacity.

• To determine the critical failure mode, the steel strength identified in left table has to be compared with the concrete and pullout strengths in the following tables.

Size Property 5.8 8.8 A4 / HCR

M10nRd [kn] 19.3 30.7 21.9

VRd [kn] 12.0 18.4 12.8

M12nRd [kn] 28.0 44.7 31.6

VRd [kn] 16.8 27.2 19.2

M16nRd [kn] 52.0 83.3 58.8

VRd [kn] 31.2 50.4 35.3

M20nRd [kn] 81.3 130.7 91.4

VRd [kn] 48.8 78.4 55.1

M24nRd [kn] 117.3 188.0 132.1

VRd [kn] 70.4 112.8 79.5

M27nRd [kn] 153.3 245.3 80.4

VRd [kn] 92.0 147.2 48.3

M30nRd [kn] 186.7 299.3 98.3

VRd [kn] 112.0 179.2 58.8

M10C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 100

Member thickness h [mm] 130

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 50 50 50 50 50

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 50 300 50 300 0 50 300 50 300

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 10.7 14.5 21.5 20.2 43.0 6.0 8.1 12.1 12.1 24.1

fRd45° [kn] 11.5 17.7 23.0 24.5 46.1 4.0 5.4 8.0 6.1 10.0

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 51.1 73.6 3.9 5.2 7.7 5.2 7.7

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 9.9 13.6 19.8 19.2 39.7 5.7 7.8 11.3 11.7 22.7

fRd45° [kn] 10.9 16.5 21.9 23.3 43.8 3.9 5.3 7.8 6.1 9.8

VRd [kn] 18.4 34.4 36.8 48.5 73.6 3.9 5.2 7.7 5.2 7.7

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 22.7 28.7 45.4 37.0 90.8 12.7 14.3 21.0 16.7 42.7

fRd45° [kn] 17.2 27.4 34.5 41.8 69.0 6.5 8.2 12.2 8.6 14.8

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 73.6 73.6 5.5 7.3 10.9 7.3 10.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 20.9 27.1 41.9 35.9 83.8 12.0 14.3 21.0 16.7 42.7

fRd45° [kn] 16.6 26.5 33.2 40.9 66.5 6.4 8.2 12.2 8.6 14.8

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 73.6 73.6 5.5 7.3 10.9 7.3 10.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 114: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com112

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M12C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 120

Member thickness h [mm] 150

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60 60 60 60 60

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 60 360 60 360 0 60 360 60 360

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 14.3 19.3 28.6 27.0 57.1 8.2 11.0 16.3 16.5 32.6

fRd45° [kn] 15.9 23.5 31.8 32.8 63.6 5.4 7.3 10.9 8.4 13.6

VRd [kn] 27.2 49.0 54.4 68.3 108.8 5.3 7.1 10.6 7.1 10.6

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 14.3 19.3 28.6 27.0 57.1 8.2 11.0 16.3 16.5 32.6

fRd45° [kn] 15.9 23.5 31.8 32.8 63.6 5.4 7.3 10.9 8.4 13.6

VRd [kn] 27.2 49.0 54.4 68.3 108.8 5.3 7.1 10.6 7.1 10.6

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 30.2 38.2 60.3 49.4 120.6 17.0 18.8 27.6 22.0 56.2

fRd45° [kn] 24.3 38.1 48.5 57.7 97.1 8.8 11.0 16.5 11.6 20.0

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 108.8 108.8 7.5 10.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 30.2 38.2 60.3 49.4 120.6 17.0 18.8 27.6 22.0 56.2

fRd45° [kn] 24.3 38.1 48.5 57.7 97.1 8.8 11.0 16.5 11.6 20.0

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 108.8 108.8 7.5 10.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M16C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 160

Member thickness h [mm] 196

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 80 480 80 480 0 80 480 80 480

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 25.4 33.7 50.8 45.8 101.6 14.5 19.2 29.0 28.0 58.0

fRd45° [kn] 28.7 41.0 57.3 55.7 114.6 9.2 12.3 18.4 13.9 22.7

VRd [kn] 50.4 85.3 100.8 116.1 201.6 8.7 11.6 17.3 11.6 17.3

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 23.3 31.4 46.6 43.7 93.1 13.5 18.3 27.1 27.2 54.2

fRd45° [kn] 27.0 38.3 54.1 53.1 108.1 9.0 12.0 17.9 13.8 22.3

VRd [kn] 50.4 79.7 100.8 110.6 201.6 8.7 11.6 17.3 11.6 17.3

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 53.6 65.3 107.2 77.3 214.5 26.2 28.9 42.5 33.9 86.5

fRd45° [kn] 44.1 67.3 88.2 92.6 176.4 14.2 17.7 26.4 18.7 32.4

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 185.5 201.6 12.2 16.3 24.5 16.3 24.5

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 49.1 61.8 98.3 77.3 196.6 26.2 28.9 42.5 33.9 86.5

fRd45° [kn] 42.2 65.0 84.5 92.6 168.9 14.2 17.7 26.4 18.7 32.4

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 185.5 201.6 12.2 16.3 24.5 16.3 24.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 115: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 113

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M20C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 200

Member thickness h [mm] 248

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 100 100 100 100 100

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 100 600 100 600 0 100 600 100 600

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 39.7 51.8 79.4 69.3 158.7 23.1 30.2 46.2 41.7 92.4

fRd45° [kn] 44.7 63.1 89.4 84.3 178.9 13.9 18.4 27.8 20.4 33.8

VRd [kn] 78.4 131.3 156.8 175.6 313.6 12.7 16.9 25.4 16.9 25.4

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 36.4 48.3 72.8 65.8 145.5 21.2 28.1 42.3 41.0 84.7

fRd45° [kn] 42.2 58.8 84.3 80.0 168.7 13.5 17.9 27.0 20.3 33.2

VRd [kn] 78.4 122.3 156.8 166.6 313.6 12.7 16.9 25.4 16.9 25.4

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 76.8 92.6 153.6 108.0 307.2 36.6 40.4 59.4 47.3 120.9

fRd45° [kn] 65.8 98.8 131.7 129.4 263.3 20.4 25.5 38.0 27.0 47.0

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 259.2 313.6 17.9 23.9 35.9 23.9 35.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 76.8 92.6 153.6 108.0 307.2 36.6 40.4 59.4 47.3 120.9

fRd45° [kn] 65.8 98.8 131.7 129.4 263.3 20.4 25.5 38.0 27.0 47.0

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 259.2 313.6 17.9 23.9 35.9 23.9 35.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M24C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 240

Member thickness h [mm] 296

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 120 120 120 120 120

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 120 720 120 720 0 120 720 120 720

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 57.1 73.2 114.3 95.6 228.6 33.3 42.6 66.5 54.8 133.0

fRd45° [kn] 64.4 89.1 128.7 116.3 257.5 19.4 25.5 38.7 27.6 46.7

VRd [kn] 112.8 185.4 225.6 242.1 451.2 17.4 23.2 34.7 23.2 34.7

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 52.4 68.4 104.8 91.3 209.5 30.5 39.8 61.0 54.8 121.9

fRd45° [kn] 60.7 83.2 121.4 111.1 242.8 18.8 24.8 37.6 27.6 45.9

VRd [kn] 112.8 173.2 225.6 231.3 451.2 17.4 23.2 34.7 23.2 34.7

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 104.3 121.7 208.6 142.0 417.2 48.1 53.1 78.1 62.2 158.9

fRd45° [kn] 92.0 134.2 183.9 170.1 367.9 27.6 34.3 51.1 36.4 63.6

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 340.8 451.2 24.5 32.7 49.0 32.7 49.0

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 104.3 121.7 208.6 142.0 417.2 48.1 53.1 78.1 62.2 158.9

fRd45° [kn] 92.0 134.2 183.9 170.1 367.9 27.6 34.3 51.1 36.4 63.6

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 340.8 451.2 24.5 32.7 49.0 32.7 49.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 116: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com114

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M27C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 270

Member thickness h [mm] 334

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 135 135 135 135 135

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 135 810 135 810 0 135 810 135 810

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 72.3 91.3 144.6 114.4 289.3 42.1 52.3 84.2 65.4 168.4

fRd45° [kn] 82.3 111.1 164.6 139.2 329.2 24.0 31.2 47.9 33.6 57.6

VRd [kn] 147.2 231.3 294.4 289.9 588.8 21.3 28.3 42.5 28.3 42.5

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 60.3 79.8 120.5 108.1 241.1 35.8 47.4 71.7 65.4 143.4

fRd45° [kn] 72.6 97.0 145.1 131.5 290.3 22.6 30.1 45.3 33.6 55.6

VRd [kn] 147.2 202.0 294.4 273.8 588.8 21.3 28.3 42.5 28.3 42.5

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 124.5 145.2 248.9 169.4 497.9 57.3 63.3 93.2 74.2 189.6

fRd45° [kn] 114.5 165.0 228.9 202.9 457.8 33.4 41.6 61.9 44.1 77.4

VRd [kn] 147.2 294.4 294.4 406.6 588.8 30.0 40.0 60.0 40.0 60.0

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 124.5 145.2 248.9 169.4 497.9 57.3 63.3 93.2 74.2 189.6

fRd45° [kn] 114.5 165.0 228.9 202.9 457.8 33.4 41.6 61.9 44.1 77.4

VRd [kn] 147.2 294.4 294.4 406.6 588.8 30.0 40.0 60.0 40.0 60.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M30C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 300

Member thickness h [mm] 370

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 150 150 150 150 150.0

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 150 900 150 900 0 150 900 150 900

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 81.8 105.0 163.7 134.0 327.4 48.7 61.3 97.3 76.6 194.7

fRd45° [kn] 95.3 127.8 190.7 163.1 381.4 28.4 37.1 56.7 39.9 68.5

VRd [kn] 179.2 266.0 358.4 339.5 716.8 25.5 33.9 50.9 33.9 50.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 74.4 97.5 148.8 130.5 297.6 44.2 58.0 88.5 76.6 177.0

fRd45° [kn] 89.2 118.6 178.4 158.8 356.9 27.4 36.3 54.9 39.9 67.1

VRd [kn] 179.2 246.9 358.4 330.6 716.8 25.5 33.9 50.9 33.9 50.9

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 145.8 170.1 291.6 198.4 583.1 67.2 74.2 109.1 86.9 222.0

fRd45° [kn] 136.4 195.7 272.8 237.7 545.7 39.7 49.4 73.6 52.4 92.2

VRd [kn] 179.2 358.4 358.4 476.2 716.8 35.9 47.9 71.9 47.9 71.9

72/43˚c nRd [kn] 145.8 170.1 291.6 198.4 583.1 67.2 74.2 109.1 86.9 222.0

fRd45° [kn] 136.4 195.7 272.8 237.7 545.7 39.7 49.4 73.6 52.4 92.2

VRd [kn] 179.2 358.4 358.4 476.2 716.8 35.9 47.9 71.9 47.9 71.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 117: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 115

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - THREADED ROD

231

Part no. Designation MaterialCarbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Carbon steel 8.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8.8, Rm = 800 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 640 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 50, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 210 MPa (for > M24)strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2= 450 MPa (for ≤ M24)

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 50 for class rod; strength class 70 for class 70 rod

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571

Stainless steel HCR

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 50, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2= 210 MPa (for > M24)strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 450 MPa (for ≤ M24)

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 50 for class rod; strength class 70 for class 70 rod

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - REINFORCEMENT BAR

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1 Class B Class C

characteristic yield strength fyk or f0.2k [MPa] 400 to 600

Minimum value of k = (ft / fy)k [-] ≥ 1.08 ≥ 1.15 < 1.35

characteristic strain at maximum force euk [%] ≥ 5.0 ≥ 7.5

bendability bend/Rebend test

Maximum deviation from nominal mass [%] ± 6.0 for nominal bar size ≤ 8 mm; ± 4.5 for nominal bar size > 8 mm

Extract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.2N Class B Class C

Minimum value of related rib area fR,min 0.040 for nominal bar size 8 mm to 12 mm; 0.056 for nominal bar size > 12 mm

Page 118: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com116

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

ORDERING INFORMATIONPure110-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1130000 265ml adhesive cartridge 1 10

Dfc1130050 620ml adhesive cartridge 1 10PURE110-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. no. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Cartonqty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640350 adhesive mixing nozzle - white - 18 element - 10 -

NOZZLE AND EXTENSION

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610000 265/300ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 12

Dfc1610300 620ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 8

DFC1610000

DFC1610300

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

Dfc1690000 adhesive piston plug #14 - Ø10 M12 10 100

Dfc1690050 adhesive piston plug #16 - Ø12 M14 10 100

Dfc1690150 adhesive piston plug #20 - Ø16 M18 10 100

Dfc1690250 adhesive piston plug #25 - Ø20 - 10 100

Dfc1690300 adhesive piston plug #28(27/29) - Ø22 M24 10 100

Dfc1690350 adhesive piston plug #32 - Ø24-25 M27 10 100

Dfc1690400 adhesive piston plug #35(34/36) - Ø28-32 M30 10 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

PISTON PLUG

Page 119: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 117

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4130150 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4130200 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4130250 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150150 a4 stainless steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4150200 a4 stainless steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4150250 a4 stainless steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Straight cut threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4170000 Hot dipped galvanized 110mm 10 M8 25 200

Dfc4170040 Hot dipped galvanized 130mm 12 M10 25 100

Dfc4170160 Hot dipped galvanized 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4170200 Hot dipped galvanized 190mm 18 M16 10 40

Dfc4170320 Hot dipped galvanized 260mm 24 M20 10 40

Dfc4170400 Hot dipped galvanized 290mm 28 M24 10 40

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

Page 120: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com118

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

GENERAL INFORMATION

PV5 0-PROPolyester Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The PV50-PRo is a two-component polyester adhesive anchoring system. The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The PV50-PRo is a price competitive adhesive designed for common applications as for bonding threaded rods to uncracked concrete.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

-5˚C

40/24˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Designed for use with standard threaded rods

• simple and fast installation

• Versatile formula with quick curing time

• cartridge design allows multiple uses using extra mixing nozzle

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 7 A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

PV50-PRo Polyester

Threaded Rod

GRADEScarbon steel 4.8

carbon steel 5.8

stainless steel a4

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0062

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 121: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 119

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - THREADED ROD

Notation UnitPV50-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26

Minimum diameter of steel brush db [mm] 10.5 12.5 14.5 18.5 24.5 28.5

effective embedment and drill hole depth hef = h1 [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 110 120 140 160 215 260

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 10 20 40 60 120 150

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36

hmin

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

4X 4X 4X

e.g.

20˚C

45 mins.

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 4 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 4 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 4 times minimum.

5.) After dispensing a minimum of 3 strokes, fill the hole up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature prior to applying any load.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

- 5°c to 0°c 90 min 360 min

0°c to + 5°c 45 min 180 min

+ 5°c to + 10°c 25 min 120 min

+ 10°c to + 20°c 15 min 60 min

+ 20°c to + 30°c 6 min 45 min

+ 30°c to + 35°c 4 min 25 min

+ 35°c 2 min 20 min

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 122: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com120

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPV50-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Steel failure

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 4.8 nRk,s [kn] 15 23 34 63 98 141

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 2.0

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 nRk,s [kn] 18 29 42 79 123 177

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

A4 steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 nRk,s [kn] 26 41 59 110 172 247

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.9

Combined pullout and concrete failure

Characteristic resistance in uncracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c nRk,p [kn] 20 35 35 60 75 115

Partial safety factor gMc=g

Mp1) [-] 1.52)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.12

c40/50 cc [-] 1.23

c50/60 cc [-] 1.30

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 3·hef3)

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 1.5·hef3)

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 2·ccr,sp

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 120 135 165 188 255 315

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.52)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.21

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.0 is included

3) eTa provides scr,n = 2·hef and ccr,n = 1·hef. To be in line with eoTa TR 029, the more conservative design values scr,n = 3·hef and ccr,n = 1.5·hef are given in this technical manual.

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 123: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 121

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPV50-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 4.8 VRk,s [kn] 7 12 17 31 49 71

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.67

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 VRk,s [kn] 9 15 21 39 61 88

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 VRk,s [kn] 13 20 30 55 86 124

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 4.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 15 30 52 133 260 449

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.66

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 19 37 66 166 325 561

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 M0Rk,s [nm] 26 52 92 233 454 786

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.7) of TR 029 k [-] 2

Partial safety factor gMcp

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2=1.0 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 124: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com122

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to EOTA TR 029.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the table below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• Precalculated design resistance capacities are given for threaded rods only, values for internal sleeves and reinforcement bars can be found in the relevant approval documents.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

Influence of steel gradesInstructions:

• The steel grade potentially influences the load capacity of the anchor. left table depicts ultimate steel strengths of threaded rods for given steel grades.

• The steel strength equals the load capacity of the anchor provided other failure modes, i.e. concrete failure or pullout failure, do not yield lower strengths and therefore do not control the anchor capacity.

• To determine the critical failure mode, the steel strength identified in the left table has to be compared with the concrete and pullout strengths in the following tables.

Size Property 4.8 5.8 A4

M8nRd [kn] 7.5 12.0 13.9

VRd [kn] 4.2 7.2 8.3

M10nRd [kn] 11.5 19.3 21.9

VRd [kn] 7.2 12.0 12.8

M12nRd [kn] 17.0 28.0 31.6

VRd [kn] 10.2 16.8 19.2

M16nRd [kn] 31.5 52.0 58.8

VRd [kn] 18.6 31.2 35.3

M20nRd [kn] 49.0 81.3 91.4

VRd [kn] 29.3 48.8 55.1

M24nRd [kn] 70.5 117.3 132.1

VRd [kn] 42.5 70.4 79.5

M8C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 80

Member thickness h[mm] 110

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 40 40 40 40 40

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 40 240 40 240 0 40 240 40 24040/24˚c nRd [kn] 12.0 18.3 24.0 25.9 48.0 7.9 10.9 15.9 16.5 31.8

fRd45° [kn] 7.6 13.7 15.3 23.2 30.5 4.3 5.8 8.6 6.5 10.3

VRd [kn] 7.2 14.4 14.4 28.8 28.8 3.7 5.0 7.5 5.0 7.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

M10C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 90

Member thickness h [mm] 120

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 50 50 50 50 50

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 50 270 50 270 0 50 270 50 270

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 19.3 29.6 38.7 38.2 77.3 13.2 16.8 26.5 23.2 52.9

fRd45° [kn] 12.6 22.5 25.1 36.1 50.3 6.5 8.5 12.9 9.2 15.1

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 48.0 48.0 5.3 7.1 10.7 7.1 10.7

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

Page 125: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 123

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

M12C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 110

Member thickness h [mm] 140

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 60.0 330 60.0 330 0 60.0 330 60.0 330

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 23.3 32.1 46.7 45.4 93.3 14.4 19.9 28.9 30.0 57.8

fRd45° [kn] 16.6 27.9 33.2 46.0 66.3 8.2 11.1 16.5 12.5 19.8

VRd [kn] 16.8 33.6 33.6 67.2 67.2 7.3 9.8 14.6 9.8 14.8

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M16C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 125

Member thickness h [mm] 160

edge distance c[mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 80 375 80 375 0 80 375 80 375

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 40.0 51.1 80.0 66.3 160.0 24.0 30.7 48.1 42.7 96.2

fRd45° [kn] 29.7 47.7 59.5 73.5 119.0 13.2 17.3 26.4 19.1 31.5

VRd [kn] 31.2 62.4 62.4 124.8 124.8 11.5 15.3 23.0 15.3 23.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M20C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 170

Member thickness h [mm] 215

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 100 100 100 100 100

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 100 510 100 510 0 100 510 100 510

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 50.0 68.7 100.0 96.6 200.0 32.4 44.5 64.8 65.1 129.7

fRd45° [kn] 41.9 68.4 83.8 109.3 167.6 19.0 25.6 38.1 28.7 46.0

VRd [kn] 48.8 97.6 97.6 193.2 195.2 17.2 22.9 34.3 22.9 34.3

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M24C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 210

Member thickness h [mm] 260

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 120 120 120 120 120

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 120 630 120 630 0 120 630 120 630

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 76.7 103.0 153.3 141.4 306.7 49.3 66.2 98.6 87.5 197.1

fRd45° [kn] 62.3 101.0 124.6 159.7 249.1 27.1 36.2 54.1 39.3 64.6

VRd [kn] 70.4 140.8 140.8 281.6 281.6 23.6 31.5 47.2 31.5 47.2

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 126: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com124

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - THREADED ROD

231

Part no. Designation Material

Carbon steel 4.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 4.8, Rm = 400 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 320 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 4

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Carbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2= 450 MPa

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 70

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571

Page 127: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 125

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

ORDERING INFORMATIONPV50-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1310000 300ml cartridge 1 10

Dfc1310150 360ml cartridge 1 10

Dfc1310100 410ml cartridge 1 10

PV50-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. no. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640450 adhesive mixing nozzle - black - 14 element - 10 -

ADHESIVE MIXING NOZZLE EXTENSION

ADHESIVE MIXING NOZZLE - BLACK

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

Qty.

Dfc1610000 300ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 12

Dfc1610050 345 / 360ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1610100 410ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1610150 410ml Heavy duty manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 10

Dfc1630250 410ml Pneumatic adhesive dispensing tool 1 -

DFC1610000

DFC1610100

DFC1610150

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

Page 128: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com126

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4130150 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4130200 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4130250 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150150 a4 stainless steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4150200 a4 stainless steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4150250 a4 stainless steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Straight cut threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4170000 Hot dipped galvanized 110mm 10 M8 25 200

Dfc4170040 Hot dipped galvanized 130mm 12 M10 25 100

Dfc4170160 Hot dipped galvanized 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4170200 Hot dipped galvanized 190mm 18 M16 10 40

Dfc4170320 Hot dipped galvanized 260mm 24 M20 10 40

Dfc4170400 Hot dipped galvanized 290mm 28 M24 10 40

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

Page 129: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 127

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

PV45-PRo Polyester

Threaded Rod

GRADEScarbon steel 4.8

carbon steel 5.8

stainless steel a4

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0061

GENERAL INFORMATION

PV45-PROPolyester Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The PV45-PRo is a two-component styrene-free polyester adhesive anchoring system. The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The PV45-PRo is a price competitive adhesive designed for common applications such as bonding threaded rods to uncracked concrete.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

-5˚C

40/24˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Designed for use with standard threaded rods

• simple and fast installation

• Versatile styrene-free formula with quick curing time

• cartridge design allows multiple uses using extra mixing nozzle

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 7 A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 130: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com128

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - THREADED ROD

Notation UnitPV45-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26

Minimum diameter of steel brush db [mm] 10.5 12.5 14.5 18.5 24.5 28.5

effective embedment and drill hole depth hef = h1 [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210

Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 110 120 140 160 215 260

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120

Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 10 20 40 60 120 150

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36

hmin

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

4X 4X 4X

e.g.

20˚C

45 mins.

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 4 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 4 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 4 times minimum.

5.) After dispensing a minimum of 3 strokes, fill the hole up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature prior to applying any load.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

- 5°c to 0°c 90 min 360 min

0°c to + 5°c 45 min 180 min

+ 5°c to + 10°c 25 min 120 min

+ 10°c to + 20°c 15 min 80 min

+ 20°c to + 30°c 6 min 45 min

+ 30°c to + 35°c 4 min 25 min

+ 35°c 2 min 20 min

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 131: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 129

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPV45-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Steel failure

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 4.8 nRk,s [kn] 15 23 34 63 98 141

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 2.0

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 nRk,s [kn] 18 29 42 79 123 177

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.5

A4 steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 nRk,s [kn] 26 41 59 110 172 247

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.9

Combined pullout and concrete failure

Characteristic resistance in uncracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c nRk,p [kn] 16 35 35 50 75 95

Partial safety factor gMc=g

Mp1) [-] 1.82)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.08

c40/50 cc [-] 1.15

c50/60 cc [-] 1.19

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 3·hef3)

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 1.5·hef3)

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.82)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 2·ccr,sp

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 120 135 165 188 255 315

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.82)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.21

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.2 is included

3) eTa provides scr, n = 2·hef· and ccr,n = 1·hef. To be in the line with eoTa TR 029, the more conservative design values scr,n = 3·hef and ccr,n = 1.5·hef are given in this technical manual.

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 132: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com130

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitPV45-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Steel failure

Steel failure without lever arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 4.8 VRk,s [kn] 7 12 17 31 49 71

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.67

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 VRk,s [kn] 9 15 21 39 61 88

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 VRk,s [kn] 13 20 30 55 86 124

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56

Steel failure with lever arm (bending)

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 4.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 15 30 52 133 260 449

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.66

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 19 37 66 166 325 561

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 M0Rk,s [nm] 26 52 92 233 454 786

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.7) of TR 029 k [-] 2

Partial safety factor gMcp

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor of g2=1.0 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 133: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 131

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to EOTA TR 029.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the table below are design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• Precalculated design resistance capacities are given for threaded rods only, values for internal sleeves and reinforcement bars can be found in the relevant approval documents.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

Influence of steel gradesInstructions:

• The steel grade potentially influences the load capacity of the anchor. left table depicts ultimate steel strengths of threaded rods for given steel grades.

• The steel strength equals the load capacity of the anchor provided other failure modes, i.e. concrete failure or pullout failure, do not yield lower strengths and therefore do not control the anchor capacity.

• To determine the critical failure mode, the steel strength identified in the left table has to be compared with the concrete and pullout strengths in the following tables.

Size Property 4.8 5.8 A4

M8nRd [kn] 7.5 12.0 13.9

VRd [kn] 4.2 7.2 8.3

M10nRd [kn] 11.5 19.3 21.9

VRd [kn] 7.2 12.0 12.8

M12nRd [kn] 17.0 28.0 31.6

VRd [kn] 10.2 16.8 19.2

M16nRd [kn] 31.5 52.0 58.8

VRd [kn] 18.6 31.2 35.3

M20nRd [kn] 49.0 81.3 91.4

VRd [kn] 29.3 48.8 55.1

M24nRd [kn] 70.5 117.3 132.1

VRd [kn] 42.5 70.4 79.5

M8C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 80

Member thickness h[mm] 110

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 40 40 40 40 40

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 40 240 40 240 0 40 240 40 240

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 8.9 12.7 17.8 18.6 35.6 5.6 8.0 11.2 12.5 22.3

fRd45° [kn] 6.8 11.4 13.5 19.2 27.0 3.8 5.2 7.6 6.0 9.5

VRd [kn] 7.2 14.4 14.4 28.8 28.8 3.7 5.0 7.5 5.0 7.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M10C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 90

Member thickness h [mm] 120

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 50 50 50 50 50

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 50 270 50 270 0 50 270 50 270

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 19.3 24.6 38.7 31.8 77.3 11.0 14.0 22.1 19.4 44.1

fRd45° [kn] 12.6 20.6 25.1 32.5 50.3 6.1 8.0 12.2 12.2 14.6

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 48.0 48.0 5.3 7.1 10.7 7.1 10.7

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 134: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com132

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

M12C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 110

Member thickness h [mm] 140

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 60.0 330 60.0 330 0 60.0 330 60.0 330

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 19.4 26.7 38.9 37.8 77.8 12.0 16.6 24.1 25.0 48.1

fRd45° [kn] 15.5 25.3 30.6 41.1 61.2 7.7 10.4 15.4 11.9 19.0

VRd [kn] 16.8 33.6 33.6 67.2 67.2 7.3 9.8 14.6 9.8 14.8

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M16C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 125

Member thickness h [mm] 160

edge distance c[mm] - - - - - 80 80 80 80 80

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 80 375 80 375 0 80 375 80 375

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 27.8 37.4 55.6 51.5 111.1 17.4 23.5 34.9 34.6 69.8

fRd45° [kn] 24.9 39.7 49.9 61.8 99.8 11.8 15.7 23.5 18.0 29.3

VRd [kn] 31.2 62.4 62.4 123.8 124.8 11.5 15.3 23.0 15.3 23.0

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M20C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 170

Member thickness h [mm] 215

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 100 100 100 100 100

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 100 510 100 510 0 100 510 100 510

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 41.7 57.2 83.3 80.5 166.7 27.0 37.1 54.0 54.3 108.1

fRd45° [kn] 38.1 61.2 76.3 96.4 152.6 17.8 24.0 35.6 27.3 44.2

VRd [kn] 48.8 97.6 97.6 193.2 195.2 17.2 22.9 34.3 22.9 34.3

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M24C20/25

5.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 210

Member thickness h [mm] 260

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 120 120 120 120 120

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 120 630 120 630 0 120 630 120 63040/24˚c nRd [kn] 52.8 74.3 105.6 107.2 211.1 35.7 50.2 71.4 72.9 142.8

fRd45° [kn] 51.2 82.5 102.3 128.4 204.8 24.1 32.8 48.2 37.3 60.2

VRd [kn] 70.4 140.8 140.8 257.3 281.6 23.6 31.5 47.2 31.5 47.2

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 135: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 133

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - THREADED ROD

231

Part no. Designation Material

Carbon steel 4.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 4.8, Rm = 400 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 320 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 4

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Carbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2= 450 MPa

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 70

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571

ORDERING INFORMATION

PV45-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1320000 300ml cartridge 1 10PV45-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. no. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640450 adhesive mixing nozzle - black - 14 element - 10 -

ADHESIVE MIXING NOZZLE EXTENSION

ADHESIVE MIXING NOZZLE - BLACK

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610000 300ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 12 DFC1610000

Page 136: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com134

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4130150 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150150 a4 stainless steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Straight cut threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4170000 Hot dipped galvanized 110mm 10 M8 25 200

Dfc4170040 Hot dipped galvanized 130mm 12 M10 25 100

Dfc4170160 Hot dipped galvanized 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4170200 Hot dipped galvanized 190mm 18 M16 10 40

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

Page 137: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 135

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

PV45-PRo Polyester

Threaded Rod

Plastic sleeve

GRADEScarbon steel 4.8

carbon steel 5.8

stainless steel a4

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0063

GENERAL INFORMATION

PV45-PROPolyester Injection Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The PV45-PRo is a two-component styrene-free polyester adhesive anchoring system. The system includes injection adhesive in plastic cartridges, mixing nozzles, dispensing tools and hole cleaning equipment. The PV45-PRo is a price competitive adhesive designed for common applications such as bonding threaded rods to masonry.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

-5˚C

40/24˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Designed for use with standard threaded rods

• simple and fast installation

• Versatile styrene-free formula with quick curing time

• cartridge design allows multiple uses using extra mixing nozzle

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 029 A+ A B C

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 138: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com136

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - THREADED ROD

Notation UnitPV45-PRO - Solid bricks, without sleeve

M8 M10 M12 M16

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] ≤ 9 ≤ 11 ≤ 13 ≤ 17

Minimum diameter of nylon brush db [mm] ≥ 11 ≥ 14 ≥ 16 ≥ 18

embedment depth hef [mm] 80 90 100 100

bore hole depth h1 [mm] 80 90 100 100

Minimum spacing for solid bricks smin [mm] 50 50 50 54

Minimum edge distance for solid bricks cmin [mm] 50 50 50 54

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 2 2 2 2

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19 24

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION DATA - SOLID AND HOLLOW BRICKS, WITH SLEEVE

Notation UnitSolid and hollow bricks, with sleeve

M8 M10 M12

sleeve type sH 12x80 sH 16x85 sH 20x185

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 8 10

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 12 16 20

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] ≤ 9 ≤ 11 ≤ 13

Diameter of nylon brush db [mm] ≥ 14 ≥ 18 ≥ 22

embedment depth hef [mm] 80 85 85

embedment depth sleeve ℓs [mm] 80 85 85

bore hole depth h1 [mm] 85 90 90

Minimum spacing for solid bricks smin [mm] 50 50 50

Minimum spacing for hollow bricks smin [mm] 100 100 120

Minimum edge distance for solid bricks cmin [mm] 50 50 50

Minimum edge distance for hollow brick cmin [mm] 100 100 120

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 2 2 2

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

Page 139: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 137

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - SOLID BRICK WITHOUT SLEEVE

2X 2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

45 mins.

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

5.) Fill the sleeve up to approximately 2/3 with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - SOLID AND HOLLOW BRICKS, WITH SLEEVE

2X 2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

45 mins.

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 2 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

5.) Insert the sleeve, required for hollow masonry, into the hole. Fill the sleeve up completely with adhesive.

6.) Push the steel element into the hole while turning slightly.

7.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Working time Minimum curing time1)

- 5°c to 0°c 90 min 360 min

0°c to + 5°c 45 min 180 min

+ 5°c to + 10°c 25 min 120 min

+ 10°c to + 20°c 15 min 80 min

+ 20°c to + 30°c 6 min 45 min

+ 30°c to + 35°c 4 min 25 min

+ 35°c 2 min 20 min

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 140: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com138

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

DESIGN INFORMATION

• The following tables are valid for specific brick types defined in the technical approval. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of this data.

• The values in the table below are characteristic values for the anchor resistance.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual. NV

s

c

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 029 Annex C Method A.

Brick type, density and compressive strength Notation Unit

PV45 - Anchor rodM8 M10 M12 M16

Failure of metal part / Pullout failure of anchor / Brick breakout failure / Pullout of one brick

solid sand-lime brickr ≥ 2.0 kg/dm³fb ≥ 20 MPa

characteristic resistance without sleeve nRk1) [kn] 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

characteristic resistance with sleeve nRk1) [kn] 5.0 5.0 - -

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 160 200 240 320

solid clay brickr ≥ 1.8 kg/dm³fb ≥ 28 MPa

characteristic resistance without sleeve nRk1) [kn] 3.0 3.0 2.5 4.5

characteristic resistance with sleeve nRk1) [kn] 3.5 3.5 - -

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 160 200 240 320

Hollow sand-lime brickr ≥ 1.4 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa characteristic resistance with sleeve nRk

1) [kn] 3.5 3.0 3.0 -

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 240 240 240 -

Hollow clay brickr ≥ 0.9 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa

characteristic resistance with sleeve nRk1) [kn] 1.5 2.0 3.5 -

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 497 497 497 -

Partial safety factor gM

2) [-] 2.5

Reduction factor in case of unfilled or not visible vertical joints aj [-] 0.75

1) nRk,p = nRk,b = nRk,pb = nRk,s = nRk

2) In absence of other national regulations

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 141: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 139

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to ETAG 029 Annex C Method A.

Brick type, density and compressive strength Notation Unit

PV45 - Anchor rodM8 M10 M12 M16

Failure of metal part / Pullout failure of anchor / Brick breakout failure / Pullout of one brick

solid sand-lime brickr ≥ 2.0 kg/dm³fb ≥ 20 MPa

characteristic resistance without sleeve VRk1) [kn] 4.0 3.5 5.0 5.0

characteristic resistance with sleeve VRk1) [kn] 5.0 4.0 - -

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 160 200 240 320

solid clay brickr ≥ 1.8 kg/dm³fb ≥ 28 MPa

characteristic resistance without sleeve VRk1) [kn] 3.0 3.0 2.5 4.5

characteristic resistance with sleeve VRk1) [kn] 3.5 3.5 - -

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 160 200 240 320

Hollow sand-lime brickr ≥ 1.4 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa characteristic resistance with sleeve VRk

1) [kn] 2.5 2.5 2.5 -

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 240 240 240 -

Hollow clay brickr ≥ 0.9 kg/dm³fb ≥ 12 MPa

characteristic resistance with sleeve VRk1) [kn] 1.5 2.0 2.5 -

characteristic spacing scr [mm] 497 497 497 -

Partial safety factor gM

4) [-] 2.5

Failure of metal part, shear load with lever arm

Carbon steel, Characteristic resistance, strength class 4.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 15 30 52 133

gMs

4) - 1.25

Carbon steel, Characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 19 37 66 166

gMs

4) - 1.25

Stainless steel, Characteristic resistance, strength class 70 M0Rk,s [nm] 26 52 92 233

gMs

4) - 1.561) VRk,b = VRk,s = VRk

2) VRk,c = 0.45 (d0)0.5 (hef / d0 )0.2 (fb)0.5 c11.5; c1 = edge distance

3) VRk,c = VRk

4) In absence of other national regulations

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 142: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com140

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - THREADED ROD

231

Part no. Designation Material

Carbon steel 4.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 4.8, Rm = 400 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 320 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 4

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Carbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2= 450 MPa

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 70

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571

ORDERING INFORMATION

PV45-PRO adhesive

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1320000 300ml cartridge 1 10PV45-PRO CARTRIDGE

Mixing nozzles

Art. no. Type Length

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1640500 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 200mm 200 10 -

Dfc1640200 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 500mm 500 10 -

Dfc1640250 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 1000mm 1000 10 -

Dfc1640300 adhesive mixing nozzle extension - 2000mm 2000 10 -

Dfc1640450 adhesive mixing nozzle - black - 14 element - 10 -

ADHESIVE MIXING NOZZLE EXTENSION

ADHESIVE MIXING NOZZLE - BLACK

Cartridge guns

Art. no. Type Box

qty.Carton

qty.

Dfc1610000 300ml Manual adhesive dispensing tool 1 12 DFC1610000

Page 143: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 141

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

Accessories

Art. no. Type Rebar

sizeThread

sizeLength[mm]

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - 300 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length - M8 170 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length Ø8 M10 170 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length Ø10 M12 200 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length Ø12 - 200 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length Ø14 M16 300 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length Ø16 - 300 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length Ø20 M20 300 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length - M24 300 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length Ø25 M27 300 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length Ø28 M30 300 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length Ø32 - 300 1 100

Dfc1690000 adhesive piston plug #14 Ø10 M12 - 10 100

Dfc1690050 adhesive piston plug #16 Ø12 M14 - 10 100

Dfc1690150 adhesive piston plug #20 Ø16 M18 - 10 100

Dfc1690250 adhesive piston plug #25 Ø20 - - 10 100

Dfc1690300 adhesive piston plug #28(27/29) Ø22 M24 - 10 100

Dfc1690350 adhesive piston plug #32 Ø24-25 M27 - 10 100

Dfc1690400 adhesive piston plug #35(34/36) Ø28-32 M30 - 10 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

PLASTIC SLEEVE

MESH SLEEVE

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4130150 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150150 a4 stainless steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Straight cut threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4170000 Hot dipped galvanized 110mm 10 M8 25 200

Dfc4170040 Hot dipped galvanized 130mm 12 M10 25 100

Dfc4170160 Hot dipped galvanized 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4170200 Hot dipped galvanized 190mm 18 M16 10 40

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

Page 144: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com142

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

GeneRal InfoRMaTIon

GENERAL INFORMATION

SC-PROVinylester Spinning Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The sc-PRo anchor system consists of integrated two-component glass capsules and matching chisel pointed anchor rods which are installed using a rotary hammer. The adhesive is designed for installation of M8 to M30 threaded rods in concrete. It is suitable for a wide range of steel grades and can be used for installations in water filled holes.

GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES

-5˚C

40/24˚C

80/50˚C

FEATURES AND BENEFITS• Designed for use with chisel pointed threaded rod• simple and fast installation• Quick curing time and good chemical resistance• Versatile low odor formula with quick curing time• capsule design allows pre-measured adhesive volumes and avoids waste

APPROVALS AND LISTINGS

ETAG 001 Option 7

LOADING CONDITIONS

STATIC QUASI-STATIC

SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS

SECTION CONTENTSGeneral Information

Installation Information

Design Information

Material Information

ordering Information

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

sc-PRo

chisel Pointed Rod

GRADEScarbon steel 5.8

carbon steel 8.8

stainless steel a4

stainless steel HcR

APPROVALS• eTa-13/0051

DEWALT DESIGN ASSISTReal-Time anchor Design software

www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 145: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 143

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

InsTallaTIon InfoRMaTIon

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

INSTALLATION DATA - THREADED ROD

Notation UnitSC-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

anchor diameter d [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24 30

nominal drill bit diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22 26 32

Diameter of hole clearance in fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33

Diameter of steel brush db [mm] 11 13 16 20 24 28 34

effective embedment and drill hole depth hef = h [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 280

Minimum member thickness for hef hmin [mm] 110 120 140 160 220 260 340

Minimum spacing for hef smin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105 140

Minimum edge distance for hef cmin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105 140

Thickness of fixture tfix [mm] 0 mm ≤ tfix ≤ 1500 mm

Maximum torque Tmax [nm] 10 20 40 80 120 180 300

Torque wrench socket size sw [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36 46

hmin

h1

hef

d0

Sw

Tmax

df

tfix

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

2X 2X 2X

e.g.

20˚C

20min

1.) Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth.

2.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

3.) Brush the hole with the proper wire brush 2 times minimum.

4.) Blow the hole clean using a hand pump or compressed air 2 times minimum.

5.) Shake capsule to distribute adhesive components.

6.) Insert the capsule into the drilled hole.

7.) Thread hex nut on rod + coupler on nut. Insert drive unit in rotary hammer. In hammer drill mode, 250-500 rpm break glass.

8.) Allow the adhesive to cure for the time specified for the actual concrete temperature prior to applying any load.

for complete installation instructions, see technical approval.

Concrete temperature Minimum curing time1)

≥ - 5°c 5 h

≥ + 5°c 1 h

≥ + 20°c 20 min

≥ + 30°c 10 min

1) Time data for dry concrete, double curing time for wet concrete

Page 146: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com144

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

DESIGN INFORMATION

TENSION LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitSC-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Steel failure

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 nRk,s [kn] 18 29 42 78 123 177 281

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 nRk,s [kn] 29 46 67 126 196 282 449

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.50

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 nRk,s [kn] - - - - - - 281

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 nRk,s [kn] 26 40 59 110 172 247 -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.87 2.86

Combined pullout and concrete failure

Characteristic resistance in uncracked concrete, dry and wet concrete

Temperature Range: 40°c / 24°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 12 12 12 12 11 11 10

Temperature Range: 80°c / 50°c tRk,uncr [n/mm²] 10 10 10 10 9.5 9.5 9

Partial safety factor gMc = gMp

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.14

c40/50 cc [-] 1.26

c50/60 cc [-] 1.34

Concrete failure

Concrete cone failure

characteristic spacing scr,n [mm] 3.0·hef

characteristic edge distance ccr,n [mm] 1.5·hef

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Splitting failure

characteristic spacing scr,sp [mm] 2·ccr,sp

characteristic edge distance ccr,sp [mm] 160 135 140 160 215 265 350

Partial safety factor for uncracked concrete gMsp

1) [-] 1.52) 1.83)

Increasing factor for concrete strength

c30/37 cc [-] 1.21

c40/50 cc [-] 1.41

c50/60 cc [-] 1.55

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.0 is included

3) Partial safety factor g2 = 1.2 is included

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 147: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 145

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

SHEAR LOAD CAPACITIES - PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF DESIGN STRENGTHAccording to EOTA TR 029.

Notation UnitSC-PRO - Threaded rod

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Steel failure

Data base for steel failure without level arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 VRk,s [kn] 9 14 21 39 61 88 140

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 VRk,s [kn] 15 23 34 63 98 141 224

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 VRk,s [kn] - - - - - - 140

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 VRk,s [kn] 13 20 30 55 86 124 -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56 2.38

Steel failure with level arm

Carbon steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 5.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 19 37 65 166 325 561 1125

characteristic resistance, strength class 8.8 M0Rk,s [nm] 30 60 105 266 519 898 1799

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.25

A4 and HCR steel

characteristic resistance, strength class 50 M0Rk,s [nm] - - - - - - 1125

characteristic resistance, strength class 70 M0Rk,s [nm] 26 52 92 233 454 786 -

Partial safety factor gMs

1) [-] 1.56 2.38

Concrete failure

Pry-out failure

factor in equation (5.7) of TR 029 k [-] 2

Partial safety factor gMcp

1) [-] 1.52)

Edge failure

Partial safety factor gMc

1) [-] 1.52)

1) In absence of other national regulations

2) The value contains an installation safety factor of g2 = 1.0

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 148: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com146

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

PRECALCULATED TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES According to EOTA TR 029.

• The following tables are meant to give the designer aid in the preliminary design process. no responsibility is taken for the correctness of these data.

• The given values are valid for normal concrete c20/25 and static/quasi-static loads with the exact dimensional information given. for any other conditions, the use of DDa is recommended.

• The values in the table below are strength design level loads. This assumes a safety factor is included both on the loading and the resistance.

• for further details and background information please see the introduction of this manual.

N

V

F

sh

c

Influence of steel grades

Instructions:

• The steel grade potentially influences the load capacity of the anchor. Table depicts ultimate steel strengths of threaded rods for given steel grades.

• The steel strength equals the load capacity of the anchor provided other failure modes, i.e. concrete failure or pullout failure, do not yield lower strengths and therefore do not control the anchor capacity.

• To determine the critical failure mode, the steel strength identified in the table has to be compared with the concrete and pullout strengths in the following tables.

Size Property 5.8 8.8 A4 / HCR

M8nRd [kn] 12.0 19.3 13.9

VRd [kn] 7.2 12.0 8.3

M10nRd [kn] 19.3 30.7 21.9

VRd [kn] 12.0 18.4 12.8

M12nRd [kn] 28.0 44.7 31.6

VRd [kn] 16.8 27.2 19.2

M16nRd [kn] 52.0 83.3 58.8

VRd [kn] 31.2 50.4 35.3

M20nRd [kn] 81.3 130.7 91.4

VRd [kn] 48.8 78.4 55.1

M24nRd [kn] 117.3 188.0 132.1

VRd [kn] 70.4 112.8 79.5

M30nRd [kn] 186.7 299.3 98.3

VRd [kn] 112.0 179.2 58.8

M8C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 80

Member thickness h [mm] 110

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 40 40 40 40 40

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 40 240 40 240 0 40 240 40 240

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 16.1 21.3 32.2 28.8 64.3 9.2 12.1 18.4 15.8 36.7

fRd45° [kn] 11.7 19.1 23.3 30.6 46.7 4.5 6.0 9.0 6.4 10.5

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 48.0 48.0 3.7 5.0 7.5 5.0 7.5

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 13.4 18.4 26.8 26.0 53.6 8.0 10.9 15.9 15.8 31.9

fRd45° [kn] 10.7 17.7 21.5 28.6 43.0 4.3 5.8 8.6 6.4 10.3

VRd [kn] 12.0 24.0 24.0 48.0 48.0 3.7 5.0 7.5 5.0 7.5

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 149: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 147

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

M10C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 90

Member thickness h [mm] 120

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 45 45 45 45 45

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 45 270 45 270 0 45 270 45 270

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 22.6 28.5 45.2 36.8 90.5 12.4 15.6 24.7 21.6 49.5

fRd45° [kn] 17.2 27.3 34.4 41.6 68.9 5.8 7.5 11.5 8.2 13.2

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 73.5 73.6 4.7 6.2 9.3 6.2 9.3

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 18.8 24.9 37.7 33.9 75.4 10.7 14.2 21.4 20.6 42.8

fRd45° [kn] 15.8 25.2 31.6 38.4 63.2 5.5 7.3 11.0 8.1 13.0

VRd [kn] 18.4 36.8 36.8 67.8 73.6 4.7 6.2 9.3 6.2 9.3

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M12C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 110

Member thickness h [mm] 140

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 55 55 55 55 55

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 55 330 55 330 0 55 330 55 330

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 33.2 41.1 66.4 51.7 132.7 18.3 22.6 36.6 30.2 73.1

fRd45° [kn] 25.4 39.7 50.7 58.5 101.5 8.2 10.7 16.4 11.5 18.6

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 103.5 108.8 6.6 8.7 13.1 8.7 13.1

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 27.6 36.1 55.3 48.4 110.6 15.8 20.7 31.6 29.7 63.3

fRd45° [kn] 23.3 36.9 46.5 54.8 93.1 7.9 10.4 15.7 11.5 18.4

VRd [kn] 27.2 54.4 54.4 96.8 108.8 6.6 8.7 13.1 8.7 13.1

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M16C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 125

Member thickness h [mm] 160

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 65 65 65 65 65

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 65 375 65 375 0 65 375 65 375

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 47.1 55.2 94.1 64.8 188.2 25.5 29.9 50.9 37.6 108.8

fRd45° [kn] 41.3 60.5 82.6 73.3 165.2 11.2 14.4 22.3 15.3 25.1

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 129.6 201.6 8.9 11.8 17.7 11.8 17.7

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 41.9 51.1 83.8 63.1 167.6 22.8 27.8 45.6 36.8 91.2

fRd45° [kn] 38.8 57.5 77.6 71.4 155.3 10.8 14.1 21.7 15.2 25.1

VRd [kn] 50.4 100.8 100.8 126.2 201.6 8.9 11.8 17.7 11.8 17.7

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 150: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

148

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

DesIGn InfoRMaTIon

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

www.DeWalT.com

M20C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 170

Member thickness h [mm] 220

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 85 85 85 85 85

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 85 510 85 510 0 85 510 85 510

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 74.6 87.1 149.2 101.6 298.5 39.8 46.4 79.6 58.0 170.4

fRd45° [kn] 64.9 95.0 129.8 114.9 259.5 17.6 22.7 35.3 24.1 39.8

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 203.1 313.6 14.1 18.8 28.1 18.8 28.1

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 67.6 82.9 135.3 101.6 270.6 37.9 46.4 75.8 58.0 151.6

fRd45° [kn] 61.6 92.0 123.3 114.9 246.5 17.4 22.7 34.8 24.1 39.8

VRd [kn] 78.4 156.8 156.8 203.1 313.6 14.1 18.8 28.1 18.8 28.1

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M24C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 210

Member thickness h [mm] 260

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 105 105 105 105 105

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 105 630 105 630 0 105 630 105 630

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 102.5 119.5 204.9 139.5 409.8 54.6 63.7 109.3 79.7 255.5

fRd45° [kn] 91.1 132.6 182.2 157.8 364.5 24.9 32.0 49.9 34.0 56.8

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 278.9 451.2 20.1 26.8 40.2 26.8 40.2

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 100.3 119.5 200.6 139.5 401.1 54.6 63.7 109.3 79.7 227.4

fRd45° [kn] 90.1 132.6 180.2 157.8 360.4 24.9 32.0 49.9 34.0 56.8

VRd [kn] 112.8 225.6 225.6 278.9 451.2 20.1 26.8 40.2 26.8 40.2

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

M30C20/25

8.8 steel dry/wetconcrete

Anchoring located far from any edge Anchoring located close to an edge

embedment depth hef [mm] 280

Member thickness h [mm] 340

edge distance c [mm] - - - - - 140 140 140 140 140

anchor spacing s [mm] 0 140 840 140 840 0 140 840 140 840

40/24˚c nRd [kn] 131.4 153.4 262.9 178.9 525.8 70.1 81.8 140.2 102.2 338.1

fRd45° [kn] 128.7 182.3 257.4 214.3 514.7 37.6 48.0 75.3 51.6 91.7

VRd [kn] 179.2 358.4 358.4 429.4 716.8 32.4 43.2 64.9 43.2 64.9

80/50˚c nRd [kn] 131.4 153.4 262.9 178.9 525.8 70.1 81.8 140.2 102.2 311.5

fRd45° [kn] 128.7 182.3 257.4 214.3 514.7 37.6 48.0 75.3 51.6 91.1

VRd [kn] 179.2 358.4 358.4 429.4 716.8 32.4 43.2 64.9 43.2 64.9

n - steel strengths controls n - concrete strength controls n - anchor pullout strength controls

DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST

The DeWalT Design assist is a powerful anchor design software which helps you to design simple and complex anchorages.The design data of all DeWalT anchor products is readily available. To download this software for free, go to www.DeWalTdesignassist.com

Page 151: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 149

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

ADHES

IVE

AN

CHO

RS

MaTeRIal InfoRMaTIon

MATERIAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS - CHISEL POINTED THREADED ROD

231

Part no. Designation Material

Carbon steel 5.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5.8, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 400 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 5

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Carbon steel 8.8

1 anchor rod steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8.8, Rm = 800 MPa; Rp 0.2 = 640 MPa

2 Hexagon nut steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm; strength class 8

3 Washer steel zinc plated ≥ 5 μm or hot-dip galvanized ≥ 40 μm

Stainless steel A4

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 50, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2= 210 MPa (for > M24)strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2= 450 MPa (for ≤ M24)

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571; strength class 50 for class 50 rod; strength class 70 for class 70 rod

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4401 / 1.4571

Stainless steel HCR

1 anchor rod stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 50, Rm = 500 MPa; Rp 0.2= 210 MPa (for > M24)strength class 70, Rm = 700 MPa; Rp 0.2= 450 MPa (for ≤ M24)

2 Hexagon nut stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565; strength class 50 for class 50 rod; strength class 70 for class 70 rod

3 Washer stainless steel 1.4529 / 1.4565

Page 152: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com150

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

ADHES

IVE A

NCHO

RS

oRDeRInG InfoRMaTIon

ORDERING INFORMATIONSC-Pro Vinylester Spinning Capsules

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Length[mm]

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1510000 spinning capsule M8 10 80 10 500

Dfc1510050 spinning capsule M10 12 90 10 500

Dfc1510100 spinning capsule M12 14 110 10 500

Dfc1510150 spinning capsule M16 18 125 10 200

Dfc1510200 spinning capsule M20 22 170 10 100

Dfc1510250 spinning capsule M24 26 210 10 100

Dfc1510300 spinning capsule M30 32 280 5 50

SC-PRO

Accessories

Art. no. Type Drill dia.

[mm]Rebar

dia. [mm]Threaded rod dia.

Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc1650050 DeWalT blow pump - - - 1 -

Dfc1670000 sDs connection for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670050 300mm extension for steel brushes - - - 1 100

Dfc1670100 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 10 - M8 1 100

Dfc1670150 steel brush for sDs - 170mm length 12 Ø8 M10 1 100

Dfc1670200 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 14 Ø10 M12 1 100

Dfc1670250 steel brush for sDs - 200mm length 16 Ø12 - 1 100

Dfc1670300 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 18 Ø14 M16 1 100

Dfc1670350 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 20 Ø16 - 1 100

Dfc1670400 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 24 Ø20 M20 1 100

Dfc1670450 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 28 - M24 1 100

Dfc1670500 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 32 Ø25 M27 1 100

Dfc1670550 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 35 Ø28 M30 1 100

Dfc1670600 steel brush for sDs - 300mm length 37 Ø32 - 1 100

BLOW PUMP

SDS CONNECTION

STEEL BRUSH

Chisel point threaded rods

Art. no. Type Drill hole dia.

[mm]Thread Size

[mm]Box qty.

Carton qty.

Dfc4130000 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4130050 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4130100 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4130150 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4130200 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4130250 Zinc plated class 5.8 steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

Dfc4150000 a4 stainless steel 110mm 10 M8 10 200

Dfc4150050 a4 stainless steel 130mm 12 M10 10 200

Dfc4150100 a4 stainless steel 160mm 14 M12 10 100

Dfc4150150 a4 stainless steel 190mm 18 M16 10 80

Dfc4150200 a4 stainless steel 260mm 24 M20 5 25

Dfc4150250 a4 stainless steel 300mm 28 M24 5 20

ZINC PLATED CLASS 5.8 STEEL

A4 STAINLESS STEEL

Page 153: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com 151

TecH

Man

Ual

– aD

HesI

Ve a

ncHo

Rs ©

2014

DeW

alT

Vol

UMe

1 6/

2014

Page 154: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

www.DEWALT.com152

TecH ManUal – aDHesIVe ancHoRs ©

2014 DeW

alT VolUMe 1 6/2014

Page 155: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt
Page 156: TECHNICAL MANUAL - DeWalt

06/2014 MP16771-GB